515E

LM Guide Actuator
General Catalog

A
 515E

LM Guide Actuator
General Catalog

A Product Descriptions
Caged Ball LM Guide Actuator Model SKR .. A2-4 SKR65 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-62
• Structure and Features ......................... A2-4 SKR65 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-63
• Caged Ball Technology ......................... A2-6 • Mass of Moving Elements ..................... A2-64
• Types and Configurations...................... A2-9
• Load Ratings in All Directions and Static Permissible Moment .. A2-11 Options ................................................. A2-65
• Maximum Speeds with Different Strokes .. A2-16 QZ Lubricator......................................... A2-65
• Lubrication .......................................... A2-18 Bellows .................................................. A2-76
• Static Safety Factor .............................. A2-19 Sensor ................................................... A2-81
• Service Life ......................................... A2-20 Intermediate Flange (Direct Coupling)... A2-85
• Accuracy Standards ............................. A2-24 Intermediate Flange (Motor Wrap).. ...... A2-89
• Model Number Coding .......................... A2-28
LM Guide Actuator Model KR ............. A2-112
Dimensional Drawing, Dimensional Table • Structure and Features ......................... A2-112
SKR20 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-30 • Types and Configurations...................... A2-116
SKR20 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-31 • Load Ratings in All Directions and Static Permissible Moment .. A2-118
SKR20 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-32 • Maximum Speeds with Different Strokes .. A2-124
SKR20 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-33 • Lubrication .......................................... A2-126
SKR26 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-34 • Static Safety Factor .............................. A2-127
SKR26 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-35 • Service Life ......................................... A2-128
SKR26 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-36 • Accuracy Standards ............................. A2-132
SKR26 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-37 • Model Number Coding .......................... A2-136
SKR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-38
SKR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-39 Dimensional Drawing, Dimensional Table
SKR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-40 KR15 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-138
SKR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-41 KR15 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-139
SKR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-42 KR15 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-140
SKR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-43 KR15 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-141
SKR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-44 KR20 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-142
SKR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-45 KR20 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-143
SKR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-46 KR20 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-144
SKR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-47 KR20 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-145
SKR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-48 KR26 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-146
SKR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-49 KR26 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-147
SKR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-50 KR26 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-148
SKR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-51 KR26 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-149
SKR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-52 KR30H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-150
SKR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-53 KR30H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-151
SKR55 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-54 KR30H Without Cover, Motor Wrap....... A2-152
SKR55 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-55 KR30H With Cover, Motor Wrap............ A2-153
SKR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap KR30H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling. . A2-154
Motor Flange Size, 60×60 ..................... A2-56 KR30H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-155
SKR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap KR30H Without Cover, Motor Wrap....... A2-156
Motor Flange Size, 60×60 ..................... A2-57 KR30H With Cover, Motor Wrap............ A2-157
SKR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap KR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-158
Motor Flange Size, 80×80 ..................... A2-58 KR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-159
SKR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap KR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-160
Motor Flange Size, 80×80 ..................... A2-59 KR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-161
SKR65 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-60 KR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-162
SKR65 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-61 KR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-163

A
 515E

B Support Book (Separate)

KR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-164 Features................................................ B2-6

KR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-165 Features of the LM Guide Actuator........ B2-6
KR45H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-166 • Structure and Features ......................... B2-6
KR45H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-167 • Caged Ball Technology (SKR) ................ B2-8
KR45H Without Cover, Motor Wrap....... A2-168 • Types and Configurations...................... B2-9
KR45H With Cover, Motor Wrap............ A2-169
KR45H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-170 Selection Criteria ................................. B2-11
KR45H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-171 Static Safety Factor ............................... B2-11
KR45H Without Cover, Motor Wrap....... A2-172 Service Life ............................................ B2-12
KR45H With Cover, Motor Wrap............ A2-173 Example of Calculating the Nominal Life .. B2-15
KR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .... A2-174
KR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling..... A2-175 Options ................................................. B2-24
KR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-176 QZ Lubricator......................................... B2-25
KR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-177 Cover ..................................................... B2-25
KR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-178 Bellows .................................................. B2-26
KR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-179 Sensor ................................................... B2-26
KR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-180 XY Bracket (for Reference) ................... B2-27
KR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-181
KR55 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-182 Model No. ............................................. B2-28
KR55 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-183
KR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap Handling Precautions.......................... B2-30
Motor Flange Size, 60×60 ..................... A2-184
KR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap
Motor Flange Size, 60×60 ..................... A2-185
KR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap
Motor Flange Size, 80×80 ..................... A2-186
KR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap
Motor Flange Size, 80×80 ..................... A2-187
KR65 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-188
KR65 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-189
KR65 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-190
KR65 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-191
• Mass of Moving Elements ..................... A2-192

Options ................................................. A2-193

QZ Lubricator......................................... A2-193
Bellows .................................................. A2-204
Sensor ................................................... A2-210
Intermediate Flange (Direct Coupling)... A2-214
Intermediate Flange (Motor Wrap) ........ A2-218
XY Bracket (for Reference) ................... A2-248

Model No. ............................................. A2-252

Handling Precautions.......................... A2-254

A
 515E

SKR
Caged Ball LM Guide Actuator Model SKR

Inner block

Ball screw shaft

Grease nipple

Outer rail

Ball
Ball cage

Fig. 1: Structure of the Caged Ball LM Guide Actuator Model SKR

Structure and Features

The Caged Ball LM Guide Actuator Model SKR is a compact actuator that has an inner block, which
is a combination of an LM block and ball screw nut, inside a U-shaped outer rail.
In addition, by using ball cages in the LM Guide units and the ball screw unit, this model achieves
high speeds, low noise, and long-term maintenance-free operation superior to the conventional
Model KR. (A ball cage is used only for the LM Guide section of models SKR20 and SKR26 and the
ball screws are fitted with QZ lubricators.)

4-Way Equal Load

Each row of balls is arranged at a contact angle
of 45 so that the load rating on the inner block
is uniform in the four directions (radial, reverse-
45 45
radial, and lateral directions), enabling the Mod-
el SKR to be used in any mounting orientation.

45 45

Fig. 2: Load Capacity and Contact Angle of Model SKR

A
 515E

SKR

High Rigidity
Use of an outer rail with a U-shaped cross section Table 1: Cross-Sectional Characteristics of the Outer Rail
increases the rigidity with respect to moment and tor- Model No. lX (mm4) lY (mm4) Mass (kg/m)
sion.
SKR20 6.0 103 6.14 104 2.6
Y axis
Center point of gravity SKR26 1.66 10 4
1.48 10 5
3.9
SKR33 5.35 104 3.52 105 6.1
SKR46 2.05 10 5
1.45 10 6
12.6

LM Guide Actuator
SKR55 2.07 10 5
2.09 10 6
13.2
X axis
SKR65 4.51 105 5.73 106 22.1

lX = geometric moment of inertia around X axis

Fig. 3: Cross Section of the Outer Rail lY = geometric moment of inertia around Y axis

High Accuracy
Since the linear guide consists of four rows Center of ball rotation
of circular-arc grooves that enable balls to
smoothly move with two points of contact even
under a preload, a highly rigid guide with no
clearance is achieved. Additionally, variation in
frictional resistance caused by load fluctuation
is minimized, allowing highly accurate feeding.
The system contributes significantly to increas-
ing precision and quality by providing precision-
grade positioning performance to all kinds of
machines. Fig. 4: Contact Structure of Model SKR

Space Saving
Due to an integrated structure where LM Guide units are placed on both side faces and a ball screw
unit is placed in the center of the inner block, a highly rigid and highly accurate actuator is achieved
with minimal space.

Model
Model
10 mm Model

Model Model Model

10 mm
Fig. 5: Cross-Sectional Drawing

A
 515E

Caged Ball Technology

High Speed
Model SKR supports a state-of-the-art high-rotation servomotor (6,000 min-1) by using a ball cage
and is capable of operating at higher speed than the Full-Ball Model KR.
In order to achieve higher-speed operation, models SKR33/55/65 are available in more lead varia-
tions, including high leads which were not feasible with the Model KR.
Lead
Model No.
SKR KR
33 6, 10, 20 6, 10
55 20, 30, 40 20
65 20, 25, 30, 50 25

High Lubricity
Model SKR uses ball cages to eliminate friction between balls and significantly improve torque char-
acteristics. As a result, the torque fluctuation is reduced and superb lubricity is achieved.

Item Description
Shaft diameter/lead  13/10 mm

Shaft rotation speed 60 min-1

0.06
Model SKR3310A (Caged Ball)
0.04
Model KR3310A (Full Ball)
Torque (N·m)

0.02

–0.02

–0.04

–0.06
0 20 40 60 80
Time (s)
Fig. 6: Comparison of Torque Fluctuation between Model SKR and Model KR

A
 515E

SKR

Low Noise and Reduced Running Sound

In Model SKR, the use of a ball cage in the LM Guide section and ball screw section (excluding
models SKR20/26) has eliminated collision noise between the balls. As a result, low noise and re-
duced running sound are achieved.
70
SKR4610A
KR4610A
Noise level (dBA) 60

LM Guide Actuator
50

40
0 200 400 600 800
Speed: v (mm/s)
Fig. 7: Comparison of Noise between Model SKR4610A and Model KR4610A

Long-Term Maintenance-Free Operation

With Model SKR, the ball cage increases grease retention and achieves long-term maintenance-free
operation.

Tripled Service Life

With Model SKR, both the LM Guide unit and the ball screw unit have larger basic dynamic load rat-
ings than the Full-Ball Model KR, and therefore a longer service life is achieved.
The rated service life is calculated by the following equation.

LM guide unit Ball screw unit

L10 = (C/P)3 50 L10 = (Ca/Fa)3 106
L10 : Nominal life (km) L10 : Nominal life (rev)
C : Basic dynamic load rating (N) Ca : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
P : Applied load (N) Fa : Applied axial load (N)

As indicated in the equation above, the greater the basic dynamic load rating, the longer the service
life of both the LM Guide unit and the ball screw unit.
Table 2: Comparison of Basic Dynamic Load Rating between Model SKR and Model KR Unit: N

Basic dynamic load SKR KR SKR KR SKR KR SKR KR SKR KR SKR KR

rating 20 20 26 26 33 33 46 46 55 55 65 65

LM Guide unit Long block 6,010 3,590 13,000 7,240 17,000 11,600 39,500 27,400 55,400 38,100 74,400 50,900
C Short block — — — — 11,300 4,900 28,400 14,000 — — — —
Ball screw unit Ca 660 660 2,350 2,350 2,700 1,760 4,240 3,040 10,900 3,620 12,000 5,680

Note: On the SKR20/26, only the LM Guide units feature a ball cage.

A
 515E

Seals
Model SKR is equipped with end seals and side seals for contamination protection as standard.

Side seal

End seal

Table 3 shows the rolling resistance and seal resistance per inner block (guide section).
Table 3: Maximum Resistance Value Unit: N
Rolling Seal
Model No. resistance resistance Total
value value
SKR20 4.0 0.8 4.8
SKR26 4.5 1.2 5.7
SKR33 3.0 1.7 4.7
SKR46 6.0 2.1 8.1
SKR55 14.0 3.8 17.8
SKR65 20.0 4.1 24.1

A
 515E

SKR

Types and Configurations

Types

Model SKR-A (with a Single Long Block)

This is a representative model of SKR.

LM Guide Actuator
Model SKR-A

Model SKR-B (with Two Long Blocks)

Equipped with two inner blocks of Model SKR-
A, this model achieves higher rigidity and higher
load carrying capacity.

Model SKR-B

Model SKR-C (with a Single Short Block)

This model has a shorter overall length of inner
block and a longer stroke than Model SKR-A.
(Applicable models: SKR33, 46)
Model SKR3320 is not available with a short block.

Model SKR-C

Model SKR-D (with Two Short Blocks)

Equipped with two inner blocks of Model SKR-
C, this design allows a span between blocks
that suits the equipment, thereby achieving high
rigidity.
(Applicable models: SKR33, 46)
Model SKR3320 is not available with a short block.

Model SKR-D

A
 515E

Configurations

Direct Motor Coupling (Without Cover)

Direct Motor Coupling (With Cover)

Motor Wrap (Without Cover)

Motor Wrap (With Cover)

A
 515E

SKR

Load Ratings in All Directions and Static Permissible Moment

Load Rating
Caged Ball LM Guide Actuator Model SKR con- Radial load Reverse radial load
sists of an LM Guide, a ball screw and a support PR PL
bearing.

PT PT

LM Guide Actuator
Lateral Lateral
load load

 LM Guide Unit
Model SKR is capable of receiving loads in four directions (radial, reverse-radial, and lateral direc-
tions). Its basic load ratings are equal in all four directions (radial, reverse-radial, and lateral direc-
tions), and their values are indicated in Table 4.

 Ball Screw Unit

Since a ball screw nut is incorporated into the inner block, Model SKR is capable of receiving an
axial load. The basic load rating value is indicated in Table 4.

 Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

Since housing A contains an angular bearing, Model SKR is capable of receiving an axial load. The
basic load rating value is indicated in Table 4.

Equivalent Load (LM Guide Unit)

The equivalent load when the LM Guide unit of Model SKR simultaneously receives loads in all di-
rections is obtained from the following equation.
PE = PR (PL) + PT
PE : Equivalent load (N)
: Radial direction
: Reverse-radial direction
: Lateral directions
PR : Radial load (N)
PL : Reverse-radial load (N)
PT : Lateral load (N)

A
 515E

Table 4: Load Rating of Model SKR

SKR20 SKR26 SKR33*
Model No.
SKR2001 SKR2006 SKR2602 SKR2606 SKR3306 SKR3310 SKR3320
Basic dynamic Long block 6,010 13,000 17,000
load rating
C (N) Short block — — 11,300 —
LM Guide unit

Basic static Long block 8,030 16,500 20,400

load rating
C0 (N) Short block — — 11,500 —
Normal grade,
Radial 0.004 to 0 0.006 to 0 –0.004 to 0
High Accuracy grade
clearance
(mm) –0.006 to –0.007 to
Precision grade –0.012 to –0.004
–0.004 –0.006
Normal grade,
Basic dynamic High Accuracy grade 660 860 2,350 1,950
load rating 4,400 2,700 2,620
Ca (N) Precision grade 660 1,060 2,350 2,390

Normal grade,
1,170 1,450 4,020 3,510
Ball screw unit

Basic static High Accuracy grade

load rating 6,290 3,780 3,770
C0a (N) Precision grade 1,170 1,600 4,020 3,900

Screw shaft diameter (mm) 6 8 13

Ball screw lead (mm) 1 6 2 6 6 10 20
Thread minor diameter (mm) 5.3 5.0 6.6 6.7 10.8
Ball center-to-center diameter
6.15 6.3 8.3 8.4 13.5
(mm)
Basic dynamic
Bearing unit

load rating 1,150 2,000 6,250

(fixed side)

Axial Ca (N)
direction Static permissible
load 735 1,230 2,700
P0a (N)

*A special type is also available for use in a special environment or where an axial load (25% or more of the basic dynamic
load rating Ca) is applied. Contact THK for details.
Note1) The load ratings in the LM Guide unit each indicate the load rating per inner block.
Note2) A special type is also available for use in a special environment or where an axial load (25% or more of the basic
dynamic load rating Ca) is applied.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR46* SKR55 SKR65

SKR4610 SKR4620 SKR5520 SKR5530 SKR5540 SKR6520 SKR6525 SKR6530 SKR6550
39,500 55,400 74,400
28,400 — —
45,900 62,500 81,600
28,700 — —

LM Guide Actuator
–0.006 to 0 0.007 to 0 0.008 to 0

0.016 to
0.019 to 0.007 0.022 to 0.008
0.006

4,350 4,240 10,900 7,000 6,800 12,100 12,000 8,200 7,600

6,990 7,040 17,600 11,500 9,900 21,600 22,000 14,500 12,600

15 20 25
10 20 20 30 40 20 25 30 50
12.5 17.1 22.1

15.75 20.75 25.75

6,700 7,600 13,700

3,330 3,990 5,830

A
 515E

Static Permissible Moment (LM Guide Unit)

The inner block is capable of receiving moment loads in all three directions.
A Table 5 shows the permissible static moment in the MA, MB, and MC directions.

With a single long block (Model SKR-A)

With double long blocks (Model SKR-B)

With a single short block (Model SKR-C)

With double short blocks (Model SKR-D)

A
 515E

SKR

Table 5: Static Permissible Moments of Model SKR Unit: N·m

Static permissible moment

Model No.
MA MB MC
SKR20-A 38 38 98
SKR20-B 207 207 197
SKR26-A 117 117 265

LM Guide Actuator
SKR26-B 589 589 530
SKR33-A 173 173 424
SKR33-B 990 990 848
SKR33-C 58 58 240
SKR33-D 390 390 480
SKR46-A 579 579 1,390
SKR46-B 3,240 3,240 2,780
SKR46-C 236 236 870
SKR46-D 1,460 1,460 1,740
SKR55-A 923 923 2,276
SKR55-B 5,125 5,125 4,552
SKR65-A 1,366 1,366 3,868
SKR65-B 7,702 7,702 7,736

Note1) Symbols A, B, C, or D at the end of each model number indicate the inner block size and the number of inner blocks
used.
A: With a single long block
B: With double long blocks
C: With a single short block
D: With double short blocks
Note2) The values for models SKR-B/D indicate the values when double inner blocks are used in close contact with each
other.
Note3) Static permissible moment is the maximum moment that can be permitted while the product is stationary.

A
 515E

Maximum Speeds with Different Strokes

Table 6: Maximum speed

Ball screw lead Stroke* (mm) Outer rail length Maximum speed (mm/s)
Model No.
(mm) Long block Short block (mm) Long block Short block
30 — 100 100 —
1 80 — 150 100 —
130 — 200 100 —
SKR20
30 — 100 600 —
6 80 — 150 600 —
130 — 200 600 —
60 — 150 200 —
110 — 200 200 —
2
160 — 250 200 —
210 — 300 200 —
SKR26
60 — 150 600 —
110 — 200 600 —
6
160 — 250 600 —
210 — 300 600 —
45 70 150 600
95 120 200 600
195 220 300 600
6 295 320 400 600
395 420 500 600
495 520 600 550 500
595 620 700 390 360
45 70 150 1,000
95 120 200 1,000
195 220 300 1,000
SKR33 10 295 320 400 1,000
395 420 500 1,000
495 520 600 920 830
595 620 700 650 600
45 — 150 2,000 —
95 — 200 2,000 —
195 — 300 2,000 —
20 295 — 400 2,000 —
395 — 500 2,000 —
495 — 600 1,780 —
595 — 700 1,270 —
190 220 340 1,000
290 320 440 1,000
390 420 540 1,000
10 490 520 640 1,000 910
590 620 740 730 660
690 720 840 550 500
790 820 940 430 400
SKR46
190 220 340 2,000
290 320 440 2,000
390 420 540 2,000
20 490 520 640 1,980 1,770
590 620 740 1,430 1,300
690 720 840 1,080 990
790 820 940 840 780
*Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.
Note1) The maximum speed is the value restricted by the permissible rotation speed of the ball screw or the permissible
speed of the guide, with the motor rotating at 6,000 min-1.
Note2) When considering the use of this model at speed higher than the maximum speed indicated above, contact THK.

A
 515E

SKR

Ball screw lead Stroke* (mm) Outer rail length Maximum speed (mm/s)
Model No.
(mm) Long block Short block (mm) Long block Short block
800 980 1,100
900 1,080 880
20 1,000 1,180 730
1,100 1,280 610
1,200 1,380 520
800 980 1,650
900 1,080 1,330
SKR55 30 1,000 1,180 1,100
1,100 1,280 920

LM Guide Actuator
1,200 1,380 780
800 980 2,160
900 1,080 1,750
40 1,000 1,180 1,440
1,100 1,280 1,210
1,200 1,380 1,030
790 — 980 1,470 —
990 1,180 970
20
1,190 1,380 690
1,490 1,680 450
790 980 1,810
990 1,180 1,200
25
1,190 1,380 850
1,490 1,680 550
SKR65
790 980 2,210
990 1,180 1,460
30
1,190 1,380 1,030
1,490 1,680 670
790 980 3,000
990 1,180 2,350
50
1,190 1,380 1,680
1,490 1,680 1,100
*Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.
Note1) The maximum speed is restricted by the permissible rotation speed of the ball screw, the permissible speed of the
guide or 6,000 min-1 of motor speed.
Note2) When considering the use of this model at speed higher than the maximum speed indicated above, contact THK.

A
 515E

Lubrication
Table 7 shows standard greases used in Model SKR and grease nipple types.
Table 7: Types of Standard Grease and Grease Nipples Used

Model No. Standard grease Grease nipple used

SKR20 THK AFA Grease PB107
SKR26 THK AFA Grease PB107
SKR33 THK AFB-LF Grease PB107
SKR46 THK AFB-LF Grease A-M6F
SKR55 THK AFB-LF Grease A-M6F
SKR65 THK AFB-LF Grease A-M6F

A
 515E

SKR

Static Safety Factor

Caged Ball LM Guide Actuator Model SKR consists of an LM Guide, a ball screw and a support
bearing. The static safety factor and the service life of each component can be obtained from the
basic load rating indicated in “Load Rating of Model SKR” (see Table 4A ).

Calculating the Static Safety Factor

 LM Guide Unit
To calculate a load applied to the LM Guide unit of Model SKR, the average load required for calcu-

LM Guide Actuator
lating the service life and the maximum load needed for calculating the static safety factor must be
obtained first. In particular, if the system starts and stops frequently, or if a large moment caused by
an overhanging load is applied to the system, it may receive an unexpectedly large load.
When selecting a model number, make sure that the desired model is capable of receiving the re-
quired maximum load (whether stationary or in motion).
C0
fs =
Pmax
fS : Static safety factor
C0 : Basic static load rating (N)
Pmax : Maximum applied load (N)
*The basic static load rating is a static load with a constant direction and magnitude whereby the sum of the permanent de-
formation of the rolling elements and that of the raceway on the contact area under the maximum stress is 0.0001 times the
rolling element diameter.

 Ball Screw Unit and Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

When the Model SKR, whether it is moving or still, is affected by an unforeseen external force such
as inertia from starting and stopping or from an impact, it is necessary to consider the static safety
factor.
C0a
fs =
Fmax
fS : Static safety factor
C0a : Basic static load rating (N)
Fmax : Maximum applied load (N)

Standard Values for the Static Safety Factor (fS)

Machine type Load conditions Minimum static safety factor (fS)

Without vibrations or impacts 1.0 to 3.5
General industrial machinery
With vibrations or impacts 2.0 to 5.0
*The standard value of the static safety factor may vary depending on the load conditions as well as environment, lubrication
status, mounting accuracy, and/or rigidity.

A
 515E

Service Life

LM Guide Unit
 Nominal Life
The nominal life means the total travel distance that 90% of a group of units of the same LM Guide
model can achieve without flaking (scale-like pieces on the metal surface) after individually running
under the same conditions.
The nominal life of the LM Guide is obtained using the following formula.
Calculating the Nominal Life
The nominal life (L10) of an LM Guide with balls is obtained from the following formula using the ba-
sic dynamic load rating (C) based on a reference distance of 50 km, and the calculated load acting
on the LM Guide (PC).
• LM Guide with balls (using a basic dynamic load rating based on a nominal life of 50 km)

( )
3
C L10 : Nominal life (km)
L10 = 50 1 C : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
PC
PC : Calculated load (N)
*This nominal life formula may not apply if the length of the stroke is less than or equal to twice the length of the LM block.

When comparing the nominal life (L10), you must take into account whether the basic dynamic load
rating was defined based on 50 km or 100 km. Convert the basic dynamic load rating based on ISO
14728-1 as necessary.
ISO-regulated basic dynamic load rating conversion formula:
• LM Guide with balls
C50 C50 : Basic dynamic load rating based on a
C100 = nominal life of 50 km
1.26
C100 : Basic dynamic load rating based on a
nominal life of 100 km
Calculating the Modified Nominal Life
During use, an LM Guide may be subjected to vibrations and shocks as well as fluctuating loads,
which are difficult to detect. In addition, having LM blocks arranged directly behind one another will
have a decisive impact on the service life. Taking these factors into account, the modified nominal
life (L10m) can be calculated according to the formula (2) below.
Modified factor 
fC  : Modified factor
α= fC : Contact factor (see Table 9 on A )
fW
fW : Load factor (see Table 8 on A )
Modified nominal life L10m
• LM Guide with balls

( )
3
C L10m : Modified nominal life (km)
L10m = α 50 2 C : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
PC
PC : Calculated load (N)

A
 515E

SKR

● If a moment is applied, calculate the equivalent load by multiplying the applied moment by the
equivalent factor indicated in Table 10 on A .
Pm = K•M
Pm : Equivalent load (per inner block) (N)
K : Equivalent moment factor
M : Applied moment (N·mm)
(If planning to use the product with a wide inner block span, contact THK.)
If moment Mc is applied to models SKR-B/D

LM Guide Actuator
KC•MC
Pm =
2
● If a radial load (P) and a moment are simultaneously applied to Model SKR

PE = P m + P
PE : Overall equivalent radial load (N)
Perform a nominal life calculation using the above data.

 Service Life Time

When the nominal life (L10) has been obtained, the service life time is obtained using the following
equation (if the stroke length and the number of reciprocations per minute are constant).
6
L10 10
Lh =
2 • ℓS • n1 60
Lh : Service life time (h) n1 : Number of reciprocations per minute (min 1)
ℓs : Stroke length (mm)

Ball Screw Unit and Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

 Nominal Life
The nominal life (L10) means the total travel distance that 90% of a group of units of the same ball
screw (bearing) can achieve without flaking after individually running under the same conditions.
The nominal life of the ball screw unit/bearing unit (fixed side) is obtained using the following equation.
Calculating the Nominal Life
The nominal life (L10) is obtained from the following equation using the basic dynamic load rating (Ca)
and the load acting on the ball screw in the axial direction (Fa).

( )
3
Ca L10 : Nominal life (rev.)
L10 = 106 1 Ca : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
Fa
Fa : Axial load (N)

A
 515E

Calculating the Modified Nominal Life

During use, a ball screw may be subjected to vibrations and shocks as well as fluctuating loads,
which are difficult to detect. Taking these factors into account, the modified nominal life (L10m) can be
calculated according to formula (2) below.
● Modified factor 
1  : Modified factor
α= fW : Load factor (see Table 8)
fW
● Modified nominal life L10m

( )
3
Ca L10m : Modified nominal life (rev.)
L10m = α 106 2  : Modified factor
Fa
Ca : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
Fa : Axial load (N)
Table 8: Load Factor (fW)
Vibrations/impacts Speed (V) fW
Very low
Faint 1 to 1.2
V 0.25 m/s
Under low speeds
Weak 1.2 to 1.5
0.25 m/s < V 1 m/s
Under medium speeds
Medium 1.5 to 2
1 m/s < V 2 m/s
Under high speeds
Strong 2 to 3.5
V > 2 m/s

A
 515E

SKR

 Service Life Time

When the nominal life (L10) has been obtained, the service life time is obtained using the following
equation (if the stroke length and the number of reciprocations per minute are constant).

L 10• ℓ
Lh =
2 • ℓ S • n1 60
Lh : Service life time (h) n1 : Number of reciprocations per minute (min–1)
ℓs : Stroke length (mm) ℓ : Ball screw lead (mm)

LM Guide Actuator
fC: Contact Factor
If two inner blocks are used in close contact Table 9: Contact Factor (fC)
with each other with models SKR-B/D, multiply Block type Contact factor fC
the basic load rating by the corresponding con- Model SKR-B
0.81
Model SKR-D
tact factor indicated in Table 9.

fW: Load Factor

In general, machines in reciprocal motion are likely to cause vibrations and impacts during opera-
tion, and it is particularly difficult to accurately determine all of the vibrations generated during high-
speed operation, the impacts applied in normal use during repeated starting and stopping, etc.
Therefore, where the effect of speed vibration is estimated to be significant, divide the basic load
rating (C) by an empirically obtained load factor.

K: Moment Equivalent Factor (LM Guide Unit)

When Model SKR travels under a moment, the Table 10: Equivalent Moment Factor (K)
distribution of load applied to the LM Guide is Model No. KA KB KC
locally large. In such cases, calculate the load SKR20-A 2.34 10–1 2.34 10–1 8.07 10–2
by multiplying the moment value by the corre- SKR20-B 4.38 10–2 4.38 10–2 8.07 10–2
SKR26-A 1.59 10–1 1.59 10–1 6.17 10–2
sponding moment equivalent factor indicated in
SKR26-B 3.18 10–2 3.18 10–2 6.17 10–2
Table 10. SKR33-A 1.42 10–1 1.42 10–1 5.05 10–2
Symbols KA, KB, and KC indicate the moment SKR33-B 2.47 10–2 2.47 10–2 5.05 10–2
equivalent loads in the MA, MB, and MC direc- SKR33-C 2.39 10–1 2.39 10–1 5.05 10–2
tions, respectively. SKR33-D 3.54 10–2 3.54 10–2 5.05 10–2
SKR46-A 9.51 10–2 9.51 10–2 3.46 10–2
SKR46-B 1.70 10–2 1.70 10–2 3.46 10–2
SKR46-C 1.46 10–1 1.46 10–1 3.46 10–2
SKR46-D 2.36 10–2 2.36 10–2 3.46 10–2
SKR55-A 8.12 10 2 8.12 10 2 2.88 10 2
SKR55-B 1.46 10 2 1.46 10 2 2.88 10 2
SKR65-A 7.16 10 2 7.16 10 2 2.21 10 2
SKR65-B 1.27 10 2 1.27 10 2 2.21 10 2

KA: Moment equivalent factor in the MA direction.

KB: Moment equivalent factor in the MB direction.
KC: Moment equivalent factor in the MC direction.
Note) The values for models SKR-B/D indicate the values
when double inner blocks are used in close contact
with each other.

A
 515E

Accuracy Standards
The accuracy standards of Model SKR are defined for positioning repeatability, positioning accuracy,
running parallelism (vertical direction), and backlash.

Positioning Repeatability t1
Command the position to a given arbitrary point.
Measure the position and repeat seven times
t2
from the same direction. Record the difference
between the largest and smallest values. Con-
t3
duct the same test at three points: the middle of
the stroke, and at both the approximate maxi-
mum and minimum positions of travel. Express
the maximum difference value of the three mea- Fig. 8: Positioning Repeatability

surements divided by 2 with a “” symbol.

Positioning Accuracy
Using the maximum stroke as the reference A
(Error)
length, positioning accuracy represents the A Command value
Reference point

absolute value of the maximum error between 0

A Travel distance
the actual distance traveled from the reference
point and the command value. A=Actual distance traveled - travel distance
of the command value
Fig. 9: Positioning Accuracy

Running Parallelism (Vertical Direction)

Place a straightedge on the surface table where Straightedge
Model KR is mounted, measure most of the
travel distance of the inner block using a test
indicator. Use the maximum difference among
the readings within the travel distance as the
running parallelism measurement.

Fig. 10: Running Parallelism

Backlash Return
Feed and slightly move the inner block and read Backlash
the measurement on the test indicator as the Feed screw feed
reference value. Subsequently, apply a load to
Load displacement
the inner block from the same direction (table Load
(including elastic displacement)
feed direction), and then release the inner block
from the load. Use the difference between the
reference value and the return as the backlash Fig. 11: Backlash
measurement.
Perform this measurement in the center and
near both ends, and use the maximum value as
the measurement value.

A
 515E

SKR

The accuracies of Model SKR are classified into Normal grade (no symbol), High Accuracy grade (H)
and Precision grade (P). Tables below show standards for all the accuracies.
Table 11: Normal Grade (No Symbol) Unit: mm
Outer rail Positioning Positioning Running parallelism Starting torque
Model No. Stroke *
Backlash
length repeatability accuracy (vertical direction) (N·cm)
30 100
No standard No standard
SKR20 80 150 0.01 0.02 0.5
defined defined
130 200
60 150

LM Guide Actuator
110 200 No standard No standard
SKR26 0.01 0.02 1.5
160 250 defined defined
210 300
45 150
95 200
195 300
No standard No standard
SKR33 295 400 0.01 0.02 7
defined defined
395 500
495 600
595 700
190 340
290 440
390 540
No standard No standard
SKR46 490 640 0.01 0.02 10
defined defined
590 740
690 840
790 940
800 980
900 1,080
No standard No standard
SKR55 1,000 1,180 0.01 0.05 12
defined defined
1,100 1,280
1,200 1,380
790 980
990 1,180 0.01 No standard No standard 12
SKR65 0.05
1,190 1,380 defined defined
1,490 1,680 0.012 15
*Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.
Note1) The evaluation method for accuracy standards complies with THK standards.
Note2) Measurements are taken while using a motor provided by THK. For motor-wrap configurations, these values may not
apply.
Note3) The starting torque represents the value when the following grease is used.
Models SKR20 and SKR26: THK AFA Grease
Models SKR33, SKR46, SKR55, and SKR65: THK AFB-LF Grease
Note4) If highly viscous grease such as vacuum grease or clean room grease is used, the actual starting torque may exceed
the corresponding value in the table. Use great care in selecting a motor.
Note5) Contact THK for accuracy information of units longer than the standard length.

A
 515E

Table 12: High Accuracy Grade (H) Unit: mm

Outer rail Positioning Positioning Running parallelism Starting torque
Model No. Stroke* Backlash
length repeatability accuracy (vertical direction) (N·cm)
30 100
SKR20 80 150 0.005 0.06 0.025 0.01 0.5
130 200
60 150
110 200
SKR26 0.005 0.06 0.025 0.01 1.5
160 250
210 300
45 150
95 200
0.06 0.025
195 300
SKR33 295 400 0.005 0.02 7
395 500
0.10 0.035
495 600
595 700 0.12 0.04
190 340
290 440
0.10 0.035
390 540
SKR46 490 640 0.005 0.02 10
590 740 0.12 0.04
690 840
0.15 0.05
790 940
800 980
0.18
900 1,080
SKR55 1,000 1,180 0.005 0.05 0.05 12
1,100 1,280 0.25
1,200 1,380
790 980 0.18
990 1,180 0.05 12
SKR65 0.008 0.2 0.05
1,190 1,380
1,490 1,680 0.28 0.055 15
*Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.
Note1) The evaluation method for accuracy standards complies with THK standards.
Note2) Measurements are taken while using a motor provided by THK. For motor-wrap configurations, these values may not
apply.
Note3) The starting torque refers to the values when the below greases are used.
Models SKR20, SKR26: THK AFA Grease
Models SKR33, SKR46, SKR55, SKR65: THK AFB-LF Grease
Note4) If highly viscous grease such as vacuum grease or clean room grease is used, the actual starting torque may exceed
the corresponding value in the table. Use caution in selecting a motor.
Note5) Contact THK for accuracy information of units longer than the standard length.

A
 515E

SKR

Table 13: Precision Grade (P) Unit: mm

Outer rail Positioning Positioning Running parallelism Starting torque
Model No. Stroke* Backlash
length repeatability accuracy (vertical direction) (N·cm)
30 100
SKR20 80 150 0.003 0.02 0.01 0.003 1.2
130 200
60 150
110 200
SKR26 0.003 0.02 0.01 0.003 4
160 250

LM Guide Actuator
210 300
45 150
95 200
0.02 0.01
195 300
SKR33 295 400 0.003 0.003 15
395 500
0.025 0.015
495 600
595 700 0.03 0.02
190 340
290 440 15
0.025 0.015
390 540
SKR46 490 640 0.003 0.003
590 740
17
690 840 0.03 0.02
790 940
800 980
0.035 0.025 17
SKR55 900 1,080 0.005 0.003
1,000 1,180 0.04 0.03 20
790 980
0.035 0.025 20
SKR65 990 1,180 0.005 0.005
1,190 1,380 0.04 0.03 22
*Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.
Note1) The evaluation method complies with THK standards.
Note2) Measurements are taken while using a motor provided by THK.
For motor-wrap configurations, these values may not apply.
Note3) The starting torque represents the value when the following grease is used.
Models SKR20, SKR26: THK AFA Grease
Models SKR33, SKR46, SKR55, SKR65: THK AFB-LF Grease
Note4) If highly viscous grease such as vacuum grease or clean room grease is used, the actual starting torque may exceed
the corresponding value in the table. Use great care in selecting a motor.
Note5) Contact THK for information on accuracy for lengths equal to or longer than the standard outer rail.

A
 515E

Model Number Coding

Ball screw
Model No. Inner block type QZ specification Stroke Accuracy grade
lead

SKR33 10 A QZ - 0270 - P

SKR20 01: 1 mm A No symbol : No QZ 0020: 20 mm No symbol: Normal grade

SKR26 02: 2 mm B QZ 0030: 30 mm H: High Accuracy grade
SKR33 06: 6 mm C QZA to P: Precision grade
SKR46 10: 10 mm D QZB 1490: 1,490 mm
SKR55 20: 20 mm QZAD
SKR65 25: 25 mm
30: 30 mm
40: 40 mm
50: 50 mm

QZ specification can be selected If QZ, QZA, QZB, or QZAD is selected for

on the following models. QZ specification , specify a stroke
SKR33 ( A ) incorporating QZ. ( A )
SKR46 ( A ) If "2: with a bellows" has been selected for
*It cannot be selected for SKR20, Cover , specify a stroke incorporating
SKR26, SKR55, and SKR65. the bellows. ( A )

The available ball screw leads differ depending on the model.

SKR20: "01," "06"
SKR26: "02," "06"
SKR33: "06," "10," "20" (20 mm is available for inner block type A and B only)
SKR46: "10," "20"
SKR55: "20," "30," "40"
SKR65: "20," "25," "30," "50"

A
 515E

SKR

Housing A/
With/without a motor Cover Sensor
intermediate flange

0 - 1 B AQ

LM Guide Actuator
With direct coupling 0: Without cover 0: None With direct coupling With motor wrap
0: Direct coupling (without motor) 1: With cover 1 A0 WN-05D
1: Direct coupling 2: With bellows 2 AN WP-08D
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) 6 AP WP-08K
With motor wrap 7 AQ WP-08M
R1: Non-standard side wrap (without motor) B AR WQ-08D
R2: Standard side wrap (without motor) E AS WQ-08K
R3: Bottom side wrap (without motor) H AT WQ-08M
R4: Non-standard side wrap L AU WV-14M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) J AV WY-11M
R5: Standard side wrap M AY WY-14M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) AZ WZ-16M
R6: Bottom side wrap A5 WZ-19M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) If QZ specification "QZ," A6 W5-19M
"QZA," QZB," or "QZAD" is 20
selected, "2: With bellows" 30
cannot be selected. 40
60

If "0" is selected:
No coupling will be attached. Please specify if a coupling is required when ordering.

If "R1," "R2," or "R3" is selected:

A timing pulley and timing belt will be included.

If "1," "R4," "R5," or "R6" is selected:

The designated motor will be mounted. Please specify the motor cable direction separately.
Please select an option for Housing A/intermediate flange that matches the specified motor.

This product is compatible with motors from various manufacturers. Contact THK for details.

Motor wrap direction

With motor wrap
Symbol "R2" or "R5" Symbol "R1" or "R4"
Standard side (left wrap) Non-standard side wrap

B
Symbol "R3" or "R6"
Bottom side wrap
Motor wrap direction (from side B)

A
 515E

SKR20 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR20 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR20 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 90.6 mm (total) for an SKR20 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
30 (40.9) — 100 159 60 20 2 0.47 —
80 (90.9) 35 (44.9) 150 209 120 15 3 0.6 0.67
130 (140.9) 85 (94.9) 200 259 120 40 3 0.74 0.81
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR20 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR20 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR20 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
30 (40.9) — 100 159 60 20 2 0.55 —
80 (90.9) 35 (44.9) 150 209 120 15 3 0.69 0.81
130 (140.9) 85 (94.9) 200 259 120 40 3 0.84 0.96
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR20 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR20 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR20 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 90.6 mm (total) for an SKR20 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).
*3 Dimensions will vary if “WN” is selected for model number coding Housing A/intermediate flange.
For details, see A .

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
30 (40.9) — 100 149.8 60 20 2 0.72 —
80 (90.9) 35 (44.9) 150 199.8 120 15 3 0.86 0.93
130 (140.9) 85 (94.9) 200 249.8 120 40 3 0.99 1.06
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR20 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR20 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR20 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 Dimensions will vary if “WN” is selected for model number coding Housing A/intermediate flange.
For details, see A .

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
30 (40.9) — 100 149.8 60 20 2 0.81 —
80 (90.9) 35 (44.9) 150 199.8 120 15 3 0.95 1.07
130 (140.9) 85 (94.9) 200 249.8 120 40 3 1.09 1.21
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR26 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR26 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR26 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 126.8 mm (total) for an SKR26 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
60 (68.4) — 150 220 80 35 2 1.01 —
110 (118.4) 45 (54.2) 200 270 160 20 3 1.22 1.39
160 (168.4) 95 (104.2) 250 320 160 45 3 1.43 1.6
210 (218.4) 145 (154.2) 300 370 240 30 4 1.64 1.81
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR26 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR26 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR26 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
60 (68.4) — 150 220 80 35 2 1.17 —
110 (118.4) 45 (54.2) 200 270 160 20 3 1.39 1.64
160 (168.4) 95 (104.2) 250 320 160 45 3 1.61 1.86
210 (218.4) 145 (154.2) 300 370 240 30 4 1.83 2.08
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR26 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR26 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR26 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 126.8 mm (total) for an SKR26 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).
*3 Dimensions will vary if “WN” is selected for model number coding Housing A/intermediate flange.
For details, see A .

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
60 (68.4) — 150 201.8 80 35 2 1.24 —
110 (118.4) 45 (54.2) 200 251.8 160 20 3 1.45 1.62
160 (168.4) 95 (104.2) 250 301.8 160 45 3 1.66 1.83
210 (218.4) 145 (154.2) 300 351.8 240 30 4 1.87 2.04
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR26 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR26 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR26 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 Dimensions will vary if “WN” is selected for model number coding Housing A/intermediate flange.
For details, see A .

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
60 (68.4) — 150 201.8 80 35 2 1.39 —
110 (118.4) 45 (54.2) 200 251.8 160 20 3 1.61 1.86
160 (168.4) 95 (104.2) 250 301.8 160 45 3 1.84 2.09
210 (218.4) 145 (154.2) 300 351.8 240 30 4 2.06 2.31
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR33 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR33 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
45 (55) — 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.9 —
95 (105) — 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.3 —
195 (205) 120 (129) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3 3.4
295 (305) 220 (229) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.7 4.1
395 (405) 320 (329) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.5 4.9
495 (505) 420 (429) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.2 5.6
595 (605) 520 (529) 700 770 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 5.9 6.3
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR33 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR33 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
45 (55) — 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2.3 —
95 (105) — 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.6 —
195 (205) 120 (129) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.4 4
295 (305) 220 (229) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 4.2 4.8
395 (405) 320 (329) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.9 5.5
495 (505) 420 (429) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.7 6.3
595 (605) 520 (529) 700 770 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.4 7
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR33 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR33 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
45 (55) — 150 214 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2.2 —
95 (105) — 200 264 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.6 —
195 (205) 120 (129) 300 364 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.3 3.7
295 (305) 220 (229) 400 464 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 4 4.4
395 (405) 320 (329) 500 564 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.8 5.2
495 (505) 420 (429) 600 664 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.5 5.9
595 (605) 520 (529) 700 764 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.2 6.6
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR33 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR33 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
45 (55) — 150 214 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2.5 —
95 (105) — 200 264 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.9 —
195 (205) 120 (129) 300 364 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.7 4.3
295 (305) 220 (229) 400 464 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 4.4 5
395 (405) 320 (329) 500 564 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 5.2 5.8
495 (505) 420 (429) 600 664 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 6 6.6
595 (605) 520 (529) 700 764 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.7 7.3
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR33 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model SKR33 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
70 (80.5) 20 (30) 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.7 1.9
120 (130.5) 70 (80) 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.1 2.3
220 (230.5) 170 (180) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 2.8 3
320 (330.5) 270 (280) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.5 3.7
420 (430.5) 370 (380) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.3 4.5
520 (530.5) 470 (480) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5 5.2
620 (630.5) 570 (580) 700 770 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 5.7 5.9
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR33 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model SKR33 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
70 (80.5) 20 (30) 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2 2.3
120 (130.5) 70 (80) 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.3 2.6
220 (230.5) 170 (180) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.1 3.4
320 (330.5) 270 (280) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.9 4.2
420 (430.5) 370 (380) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.6 4.9
520 (530.5) 470 (480) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.4 5.7
620 (630.5) 570 (580) 700 770 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.1 6.4
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR33 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model SKR33 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
70 (80.5) 20 (30) 150 214 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2 2.2
120 (130.5) 70 (80) 200 264 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.4 2.6
220 (230.5) 170 (180) 300 364 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.1 3.3
320 (330.5) 270 (280) 400 464 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.8 4
420 (430.5) 370 (380) 500 564 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.6 4.8
520 (530.5) 470 (480) 600 664 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.3 5.5
620 (630.5) 570 (580) 700 764 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6 6.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR33 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model SKR33 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
70 (80.5) 20 (30) 150 214 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2.2 2.5
120 (130.5) 70 (80) 200 264 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.6 2.9
220 (230.5) 170 (180) 300 364 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.4 3.7
320 (330.5) 270 (280) 400 464 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 4.1 4.4
420 (430.5) 370 (380) 500 564 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.9 5.2
520 (530.5) 470 (480) 600 664 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.7 6
620 (630.5) 570 (580) 700 764 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.4 6.7
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR46 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR46 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
190 (208.5) 80 (98.5) 340 440.5 200 200 70 3 2 6.7 7.7
290 (308.5) 180 (198.5) 440 540.5 300 400 20 4 3 8.1 9.1
390 (408.5) 280 (298.5) 540 640.5 400 400 70 5 3 9.5 10.5
490 (508.5) 380 (398.5) 640 740.5 500 600 20 6 4 10.9 11.9
590 (608.5) 480 (498.5) 740 840.5 600 600 70 7 4 12.3 13.3
690 (708.5) 580 (598.5) 840 940.5 700 800 20 8 5 13.8 14.8
790 (808.5) 680 (698.5) 940 1,040.5 800 800 70 9 5 15.2 16.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR46 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR46 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
190 (208.5) 80 (98.5) 340 440.5 200 200 70 3 2 7.7 9.1
290 (308.5) 180 (198.5) 440 540.5 300 400 20 4 3 9.2 10.6
390 (408.5) 280 (298.5) 540 640.5 400 400 70 5 3 10.7 12.1
490 (508.5) 380 (398.5) 640 740.5 500 600 20 6 4 12.2 13.6
590 (608.5) 480 (498.5) 740 840.5 600 600 70 7 4 13.7 15.1
690 (708.5) 580 (598.5) 840 940.5 700 800 20 8 5 15.2 16.6
790 (808.5) 680 (698.5) 940 1,040.5 800 800 70 9 5 16.7 18.1
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR46 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR46 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
190 (208.5) 80 (98.5) 340 419 200 200 70 3 2 7.7 8.7
290 (308.5) 180 (198.5) 440 519 300 400 20 4 3 9.1 10.1
390 (408.5) 280 (298.5) 540 619 400 400 70 5 3 10.5 11.5
490 (508.5) 380 (398.5) 640 719 500 600 20 6 4 11.9 12.9
590 (608.5) 480 (498.5) 740 819 600 600 70 7 4 13.3 14.3
690 (708.5) 580 (598.5) 840 919 700 800 20 8 5 14.7 15.7
790 (808.5) 680 (698.5) 940 1,019 800 800 70 9 5 16.1 17.1
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR46 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR46 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
190 (208.5) 80 (98.5) 340 419 200 200 70 3 2 8.6 10
290 (308.5) 180 (198.5) 440 519 300 400 20 4 3 10.1 11.5
390 (408.5) 280 (298.5) 540 619 400 400 70 5 3 11.6 13
490 (508.5) 380 (398.5) 640 719 500 600 20 6 4 13.1 14.5
590 (608.5) 480 (498.5) 740 819 600 600 70 7 4 14.6 16
690 (708.5) 580 (598.5) 840 919 700 800 20 8 5 16.1 17.5
790 (808.5) 680 (698.5) 940 1,019 800 800 70 9 5 17.6 19
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR46 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model SKR46 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
220 (241.5) 145 (164.5) 340 440.5 200 200 70 3 2 6.3 6.9
320 (341.5) 245 (264.5) 440 540.5 300 400 20 4 3 7.7 8.3
420 (441.5) 345 (364.5) 540 640.5 400 400 70 5 3 9.1 9.7
520 (541.5) 445 (464.5) 640 740.5 500 600 20 6 4 10.5 11.1
620 (641.5) 545 (564.5) 740 840.5 600 600 70 7 4 11.9 12.5
720 (741.5) 645 (664.5) 840 940.5 700 800 20 8 5 13.4 14
820 (841.5) 745 (764.5) 940 1,040.5 800 800 70 9 5 14.8 15.4
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR46 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model SKR46 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
220 (241.5) 145 (164.5) 340 440.5 200 200 70 3 2 7.1 7.9
320 (341.5) 245 (264.5) 440 540.5 300 400 20 4 3 8.6 9.4
420 (441.5) 345 (364.5) 540 640.5 400 400 70 5 3 10.1 10.9
520 (541.5) 445 (464.5) 640 740.5 500 600 20 6 4 11.6 12.4
620 (641.5) 545 (564.5) 740 840.5 600 600 70 7 4 13.1 13.9
720 (741.5) 645 (664.5) 840 940.5 700 800 20 8 5 14.6 15.4
820 (841.5) 745 (764.5) 940 1,040.5 800 800 70 9 5 16.1 16.9
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR46 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model SKR46 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
220 (241.5) 145 (164.5) 340 419 200 200 70 3 2 7.3 7.9
320 (341.5) 245 (264.5) 440 519 300 400 20 4 3 8.7 9.3
420 (441.5) 345 (364.5) 540 619 400 400 70 5 3 10.1 10.7
520 (541.5) 445 (464.5) 640 719 500 600 20 6 4 11.5 12.1
620 (641.5) 545 (564.5) 740 819 600 600 70 7 4 12.9 13.5
720 (741.5) 645 (664.5) 840 919 700 800 20 8 5 14.3 14.9
820 (841.5) 745 (764.5) 940 1,019 800 800 70 9 5 15.7 16.3
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR46 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model SKR46 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
220 (241.5) 145 (164.5) 340 419 200 200 70 3 2 8 8.8
320 (341.5) 245 (264.5) 440 519 300 400 20 4 3 9.5 10.3
420 (441.5) 345 (364.5) 540 619 400 400 70 5 3 11 11.8
520 (541.5) 445 (464.5) 640 719 500 600 20 6 4 12.5 13.3
620 (641.5) 545 (564.5) 740 819 600 600 70 7 4 14 14.8
720 (741.5) 645 (664.5) 840 919 700 800 20 8 5 15.5 16.3
820 (841.5) 745 (764.5) 940 1,019 800 800 70 9 5 17 17.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR55 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR55 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR55 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,089 900 40 800 90 7 5 20.9 22.8
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,189 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 22.6 24.5
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,289 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 24.4 26.3
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,389 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 26.2 28.1
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,489 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 27.9 29.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR55 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR55 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR55 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,089 900 40 800 90 7 5 23.8 27.6
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,189 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 25.7 29.5
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,289 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 27.6 31.4
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,389 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 29.5 33.3
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,489 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 31.4 35.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Motor Flange Size, 60×60
Model SKR55 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR55 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,064 900 40 800 90 7 5 21.8 23.7
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,164 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 23.6 25.5
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,264 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 25.3 27.2
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,364 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 27.1 29
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,464 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 28.9 30.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Motor Flange Size, 60×60
Model SKR55 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR55 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,064 900 40 800 90 7 5 24.8 28.6
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,164 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 26.7 30.5
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,264 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 28.6 32.4
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,364 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 30.5 34.3
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,464 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 32.4 36.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Motor Flange Size, 80×80
Model SKR55 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR55 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,064 900 40 800 90 7 5 21.8 23.7
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,164 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 23.6 25.5
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,264 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 25.3 27.2
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,364 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 27.1 29
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,464 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 28.9 30.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Motor Flange Size, 80×80
Model SKR55 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR55 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,064 900 40 800 90 7 5 24.8 28.6
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,164 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 26.7 30.5
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,264 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 28.6 32.4
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,364 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 30.5 34.3
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,464 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 32.4 36.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR65 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR65 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR65 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
790 (810) 640 (665) 980 1,098 900 40 800 90 7 5 30.3 33.3
990 (1,010) 840 (865) 1,180 1,298 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 35.5 38.5
1,190 (1,210) 1,040 (1,065) 1,380 1,498 1,200 90 1,200 90 9 7 40.7 43.7
1,490 (1,510) 1,340 (1,365) 1,680 1,798 1,500 90 1,600 40 11 9 48.4 51.4
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR65 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model SKR65 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR65 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
790 (810) 640 (665) 980 1,098 900 40 800 90 7 5 33.5 40.2
990 (1,010) 840 (865) 1,180 1,298 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 38.9 45.6
1,190 (1,210) 1,040 (1,065) 1,380 1,498 1,200 90 1,200 90 9 7 44.3 51
1,490 (1,510) 1,340 (1,365) 1,680 1,798 1,500 90 1,600 40 11 9 52.4 59.1
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

SKR65 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR65 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR65 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
790 (810) 640 (665) 980 1,078 900 40 800 90 7 5 31.9 34.9
990 (1,010) 840 (865) 1,180 1,278 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 37.1 40.1
1,190 (1,210) 1,040 (1,065) 1,380 1,478 1,200 90 1,200 90 9 7 42.3 45.3
1,490 (1,510) 1,340 (1,365) 1,680 1,778 1,500 90 1,600 40 11 9 50 53
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

SKR

SKR65 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model SKR65 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model SKR65 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
790 (810) 640 (665) 980 1,078 900 40 800 90 7 5 35.1 41.8
990 (1,010) 840 (865) 1,180 1,278 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 40.5 47.2
1,190 (1,210) 1,040 (1,065) 1,380 1,478 1,200 90 1,200 90 9 7 45.9 52.6
1,490 (1,510) 1,340 (1,365) 1,680 1,778 1,500 90 1,600 40 11 9 54 60.7
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
SKR
g

515E

Mass of Moving Elements

Table 14 shows the mass of the inner block and sub-table of Model SKR.
Table 14: Mass of the Inner Block and Sub-Table of SKR Unit: kg
Long block types Short block types
Model No.
A/B Inner block Sub-table Total mass C/D Inner block Sub-table Total mass
Type A 0.07 0.05 0.12 Type C — — —
SKR20
Type B 0.14 0.1 0.24 Type D — — —
Type A 0.17 0.08 0.25 Type C — — —
SKR26
Type B 0.34 0.16 0.5 Type D — — —
Type A 0.4 0.2 0.6 Type C 0.2 0.1 0.3
SKR33
Type B 0.8 0.4 1.2 Type D 0.4 0.2 0.6
Type A 1.0 0.4 1.4 Type C 0.6 0.2 0.8
SKR46
Type B 2.0 0.8 2.8 Type D 1.2 0.4 1.6
Type A 1.9 1.9 3.8 Type C — — —
SKR55
Type B 3.8 3.8 7.6 Type D — — —
Type A 3.0 3.7 6.7 Type C — — —
SKR65
Type B 6.0 7.4 13.4 Type D — — —

A
 515E

Options LM Guide Actuator (Options)

QZ Lubricator (compatible models: SKR33, SKR46)

The QZ Lubricator for the SKR feeds the right amount of lubricant to the outer rail and ball screw
shaft raceway. This allows an oil film to continuously form between the balls and the raceway, and it
significantly extends the lubrication maintenance intervals.

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

QZ Lubricator

End seal End plate

Side seal

External View
Features
Since it compensates for oil loss, the lubrication maintenance interval can be significantly extended.
Because it feeds the appropriate amount of lubricant directly to the ball raceway, it is an environ-
mentally-friendly lubrication system that does not contaminate the surrounding area.
SKR-QZ Configuration
Symbol Block type Description
QZ A/B/C/D Specification with QZ on both sides of all blocks
QZA A/C Specification with QZ on the fixed side
QZB A/C Specification with QZ on the supported side
QZAD B/D Specification with QZ on the fixed side (inner block with screw) + QZ on the supported side (free block)
Note: The QZ specification does not include a grease nipple. Contact THK if a grease nipple is required.

Fixed side (motor side) Supported side

(reverse motor side)
Constitution QZ QZA QZB QZAD

Type A
(with a single —
long block)
Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side

Type B
(with two long — —
blocks)
Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side

Type C
(with a single —
short block)
Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side

Type D
(with two — —
short blocks)
Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side

A
 515E

Dimensions with QZ Lubricator

Code: QZ (with cover)
Model No.: SKR33/46
Block type: A/B/C/D

L1 L1
L L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g) (f) a c b Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type A/C Block type B/D

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1*2
a b C f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 70 (79)
A 370 300 170 (179)
(3306) 470 400 270 (279) 54 ― ― 35 32
(3310) 570 500 370 (379)
670 600 470 (479)
770 700 570 (579)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 155 (168.6)
A
470 400 255 (268.6) 54 ― ― 45.4 32
(3320)
570 500 355 (368.6)
670 600 455 (468.6)
770 700 555 (568.6)
SKR33
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
B 370 300 65 (77)
(3306) 470 400 165 (177) 54 54 48 35 32
(3310) 570 500 265 (277)
670 600 365 (377)
770 700 465 (477)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 ―
B
470 400 155 (166.6) 54 54 48 45.4 32
(3320)
570 500 255 (266.6)
670 600 355 (366.6)
770 700 455 (466.6)
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.

A
 515E

SKR

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1*2
a b C f g
L1 L
220 150 45 (54.5)
270 200 95 (104.5)
370 300 195 (204.5)
C 470 400 295 (304.5) 28.5 ― ― 35 32
570 500 395 (404.5)
670 600 495 (504.5)
770 700 595 (604.5)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

SKR33
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 115 (128)
D 470 400 215 (228) 28.5 28.5 48 35 32
570 500 315 (328)
670 600 415 (428)
770 700 515 (528)
440.5 340 160 (178.5)
540.5 440 260 (278.5)
640.5 540 360 (378.5)
A 740.5 640 460 (478.5) 81 ― ― 42 38.5
840.5 740 560 (578.5)
940.5 840 660 (678.5)
1,040.5 940 760 (778.5)
440.5 340 ―
540.5 440 120 (138.5)
640.5 540 220 (238.5)
B 740.5 640 320 (338.5) 81 81 59 42 38.5
840.5 740 420 (438.5)
940.5 840 520 (538.5)
1,040.5 940 620 (638.5)
SKR46
440.5 340 190 (211.5)
540.5 440 290 (311.5)
640.5 540 390 (411.5)
C 740.5 640 490 (511.5) 48 ― ― 42 38.5
840.5 740 590 (611.5)
940.5 840 690 (711.5)
1,040.5 940 790 (811.5)
440.5 340 85 (104.5)
540.5 440 185 (204.5)
640.5 540 285 (304.5)
D 740.5 640 385 (404.5) 48 48 59 42 38.5
840.5 740 485 (504.5)
940.5 840 585 (604.5)
1,040.5 940 685 (704.5)
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.

A
 515E

Code: QZ (without cover)

Model No.: SKR33/46
Block type: A/B/C/D

L1 L1
L L
(f) a Mechanical stroke ( g) (f) a b Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type A/C Block type B/D

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke*1*2 a b f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 70 (79)
A 370 300 170 (179)
(3306) 470 400 270 (279) 102 ― 11 8
(3310) 570 500 370 (379)
670 600 470 (479)
770 700 570 (579)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 155 (168.6)
A
470 400 255 (268.6) 112.4 ― 11 8
(3320)
570 500 355 (368.6)
670 600 455 (468.6)
770 700 555 (568.6)
SKR33
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
B 370 300 65 (77)
(3306) 470 400 165 (177) 102 102 11 8
(3310) 570 500 265 (277)
670 600 365 (377)
770 700 465 (477)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 ―
B
470 400 155 (166.6) 112.4 102 11 8
(3320)
570 500 255 (266.6)
670 600 355 (366.6)
770 700 455 (466.6)
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.

A
 515E

SKR

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1*2
a b f g
L1 L
220 150 45 (54.5)
270 200 95 (104.5)
370 300 195 (204.5)
C 470 400 295 (304.5) 76.5 ― 11 8
570 500 395 (404.5)
670 600 495 (504.5)
770 700 595 (604.5)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

SKR33
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 115 (128)
D 470 400 215 (228) 76.5 76.5 11 8
570 500 315 (328)
670 600 415 (428)
770 700 515 (528)
440.5 340 160 (178.5)
540.5 440 260 (278.5)
640.5 540 360 (378.5)
A 740.5 640 460 (478.5) 140 ― 12.5 9
840.5 740 560 (578.5)
940.5 840 660 (678.5)
1,040.5 940 760 (778.5)
440.5 340 ―
540.5 440 120 (138.5)
640.5 540 220 (238.5)
B 740.5 640 320 (338.5) 140 140 12.5 9
840.5 740 420 (438.5)
940.5 840 520 (538.5)
1,040.5 940 620 (638.5)
SKR46
440.5 340 190 (211.5)
540.5 440 290 (311.5)
640.5 540 390 (411.5)
C 740.5 640 490 (511.5) 107 ― 12.5 9
840.5 740 590 (611.5)
940.5 840 690 (711.5)
1,040.5 940 790 (811.5)
440.5 340 85 (104.5)
540.5 440 185 (204.5)
640.5 540 285 (304.5)
D 740.5 640 385 (404.5) 107 107 12.5 9
840.5 740 485 (504.5)
940.5 840 585 (604.5)
1,040.5 940 685 (704.5)
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.

A
 515E

Code: QZA (with cover)

Model No.: SKR33/46
Block type: A/C
L1
L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type A/C

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke*1
a f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 80 (92)
A 370 300 180 (192)
(3306) 470 400 280 (292) 54 35 19
(3310) 570 500 380 (392)
670 600 480 (492)
770 700 580 (592)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 170 (181.6)
A
SKR33 470 400 270 (281.6) 54 45.4 19
(3320)
570 500 370 (381.6)
670 600 470 (481.6)
770 700 570 (581.6)
220 150 55 (67.5)
270 200 105 (117.5)
370 300 205 (217.5)
C 470 400 305 (317.5) 28.5 35 19
570 500 405 (417.5)
670 600 505 (517.5)
770 700 605 (617.5)
440.5 340 175 (193.5)
540.5 440 275 (293.5)
640.5 540 375 (393.5)
A 740.5 640 475 (493.5) 81 42 23.5
840.5 740 575 (593.5)
940.5 840 675 (693.5)
1,040.5 940 775 (793.5)
SKR46
440.5 340 205 (226.5)
540.5 440 305 (326.5)
640.5 540 405 (426.5)
C 740.5 640 505 (526.5) 48 42 23.5
840.5 740 605 (626.5)
940.5 840 705 (726.5)
1,040.5 940 805 (826.5)
Note) Block types B and D cannot be selected for QZA.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.

A
 515E

SKR

Code: QZA (without cover)

Model No.: SKR33/46
Block type: A/C
L1
L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

Block type A/C
Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke*1
a f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 80 (92)
A 370 300 180 (192)
(3306) 470 400 280 (292) 89 11 8
(3310) 570 500 380 (392)
670 600 480 (492)
770 700 580 (592)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 170 (181.6)
A
SKR33 470 400 270 (281.6) 99.4 11 8
(3320)
570 500 370 (381.6)
670 600 470 (481.6)
770 700 570 (581.6)
220 150 55 (67.5)
270 200 105 (117.5)
370 300 205 (217.5)
C 470 400 305 (317.5) 63.5 11 8
570 500 405 (417.5)
670 600 505 (517.5)
770 700 605 (617.5)
440.5 340 175 (193.5)
540.5 440 275 (293.5)
640.5 540 375 (393.5)
A 740.5 640 475 (493.5) 125 12.5 9
840.5 740 575 (593.5)
940.5 840 675 (693.5)
1,040.5 940 775 (793.5)
SKR46
440.5 340 205 (226.5)
540.5 440 305 (326.5)
640.5 540 405 (426.5)
C 740.5 640 505 (526.5) 92 12.5 9
840.5 740 605 (626.5)
940.5 840 705 (726.5)
1,040.5 940 805 (826.5)
Note) Block types B and D cannot be selected for QZA.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.

A
 515E

Code: QZB (with cover)

Model No.: SKR33/46
Block type: A/C
L1
L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type A/C

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke*1
a f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 80 (92)
A 370 300 180 (192)
(3306) 470 400 280 (292) 54 22 32
(3310) 570 500 380 (392)
670 600 480 (492)
770 700 580 (592)
220 150 ―
270 200 80 (92)
370 300 180 (192)
A
SKR33 470 400 280 (292) 54 22 32
(3320)
570 500 380 (392)
670 600 480 (492)
770 700 580 (592)
220 150 55 (67.5)
270 200 105 (117.5)
370 300 205 (217.5)
C 470 400 305 (317.5) 28.5 22 32
570 500 405 (417.5)
670 600 505 (517.5)
770 700 605 (617.5)
440.5 340 175 (193.5)
540.5 440 275 (293.5)
640.5 540 375 (393.5)
A 740.5 640 475 (493.5) 81 27 38.5
840.5 740 575 (593.5)
940.5 840 675 (693.5)
1,040.5 940 775 (793.5)
SKR46
440.5 340 205 (226.5)
540.5 440 305 (326.5)
640.5 540 405 (426.5)
C 740.5 640 505 (526.5) 48 27 38.5
840.5 740 605 (626.5)
940.5 840 705 (726.5)
1,040.5 940 805 (826.5)
Note) Block types B and D cannot be selected for QZB.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.

A
 515E

SKR

Code: QZB (without cover)

Model No.: SKR33/46
Block type: A/C
L1
L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

Block type A/C
Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke*1
a f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 80 (92)
A 370 300 180 (192)
(3306) 470 400 280 (292) 89 11 8
(3310) 570 500 380 (392)
670 600 480 (492)
770 700 580 (592)
220 150 ―
270 200 80 (92)
370 300 180 (192)
A
SKR33 470 400 280 (292) 89 11 8
(3320)
570 500 380 (392)
670 600 480 (492)
770 700 580 (592)
220 150 55 (67.5)
270 200 105 (117.5)
370 300 205 (217.5)
C 470 400 305 (317.5) 63.5 11 8
570 500 405 (417.5)
670 600 505 (517.5)
770 700 605 (617.5)
440.5 340 175 (193.5)
540.5 440 275 (293.5)
640.5 540 375 (393.5)
A 740.5 640 475 (493.5) 125 12.5 9
840.5 740 575 (593.5)
940.5 840 675 (693.5)
1,040.5 940 775 (793.5)
SKR46
440.5 340 205 (226.5)
540.5 440 305 (326.5)
640.5 540 405 (426.5)
C 740.5 640 505 (526.5) 92 12.5 9
840.5 740 605 (626.5)
940.5 840 705 (726.5)
1,040.5 940 805 (826.5)
Note) Block types B and D cannot be selected for QZB.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.

A
 515E

Code: QZAD (with cover)

Model No.: SKR33/46
Block type: B/D
L1
L
(f) a c b Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type B/D

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1*2
a b C f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
B 370 300 95 (103)
(3306) 470 400 195 (203) 54 54 22 35 32
(3310) 570 500 295 (303)
670 600 395 (403)
770 700 495 (503)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 80 (92.6)
B
SKR33 470 400 180 (192.6) 54 54 22 45.4 32
(3320)
570 500 280 (292.6)
670 600 380 (392.6)
770 700 480 (492.6)
220 150 ―
270 200 45 (54)
370 300 145 (154)
D 470 400 245 (254) 28.5 28.5 22 35 32
570 500 345 (354)
670 600 445 (454)
770 700 545 (554)
440.5 340 ―
540.5 440 150 (168.5)
640.5 540 250 (268.5)
B 740.5 640 350 (368.5) 81 81 29 42 38.5
840.5 740 450 (468.5)
940.5 840 550 (568.5)
1,040.5 940 650 (668.5)
SKR46
440.5 340 115 (134.5)
540.5 440 215 (234.5)
640.5 540 315 (334.5)
D 740.5 640 415 (434.5) 48 48 29 42 38.5
840.5 740 515 (534.5)
940.5 840 615 (634.5)
1,040.5 940 715 (734.5)
Note) Block types A and C cannot be selected for QZAD.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.

A
 515E

SKR

Code: QZAD (without cover)

Model No.: SKR33/46
Block type: B/D
L1
L
(f) a b Mechanical stroke (g)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

Block type B/D
Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1*2
a b f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
B 370 300 95 (103)
(3306) 470 400 195 (203) 89 89 11 8
(3310) 570 500 295 (303)
670 600 395 (403)
770 700 495 (503)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 80 (92.6)
B
SKR33 470 400 180 (192.6) 99.4 89 11 8
(3320)
570 500 280 (292.6)
670 600 380 (392.6)
770 700 480 (492.6)
220 150 ―
270 200 45 (54)
370 300 145 (154)
D 470 400 245 (254) 63.5 63.5 11 8
570 500 345 (354)
670 600 445 (454)
770 700 545 (554)
440.5 340 ―
540.5 440 150 (168.5)
640.5 540 250 (268.5)
B 740.5 640 350 (368.5) 125 125 12.5 9
840.5 740 450 (468.5)
940.5 840 550 (568.5)
1,040.5 940 650 (668.5)
SKR46
440.5 340 115 (134.5)
540.5 440 215 (234.5)
640.5 540 315 (334.5)
D 740.5 640 415 (434.5) 92 92 12.5 9
840.5 740 515 (534.5)
940.5 840 615 (634.5)
1,040.5 940 715 (734.5)
Note) Block types A and C cannot be selected for QZAD.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.

A
 515E

Bellows
In addition to a cover, bellows are also available as a contamination protection option for Model
SKR.

Model SKR-A (with a Single Long Block)

b (Sub-table)

H1
H
A a (Stroke) B W (Bellows)
L (Outer rail length)
Unit: mm
Outer rail length
Model No. Stroke *1
A B a b W H H1
L
20 (30.8) 100 18.8 17.2
SKR20 55 (67.8) 150 25.3 23.7 33.2 52 60 10 20
80 (93.6) 200 37 36.2
50 (60.7) 150 23.7 17.6
80 (91.6) 200 32.8 28.2
SKR26 47.4 62 74 18 20
110 (125.6) 250 40.8 36.2
160 (175.6) 300 40.8 36.2
30 (42.8) 150 25.6 27.6
60 (72.8) 200 35.6 37.6
140 (152.8) 300 45.6 47.6
SKR33 54 86 84 24.5 20
210 (222.8) 400 60.6 62.6
290 (302.8) 500 70.6 72.6
360 (372.8) 600 85.6 87.6
140 (155.8) 340 52.1 51.1
210 (225.8) 440 67.1 66.1
290 (305.8) 540 77.1 76.1
SKR46 360 (375.8) 640 92.1 91.1 81 112 110 36 20
440 (455.8) 740 102.1 101.1
510 (525.8) 840 117.1 116.1
590 (605.8) 940 127.1 126.1
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.

A
 515E

SKR

Unit: mm
Outer rail length
Model No. Stroke*1 A B a b W H H1
L
700 (719.6) 980 84.6 80.6
790 (809.6) 1,080 89.6 85.6
SKR55*2 870 (889.6) 1,180 99.6 95.6 95.2 124 154 37 40
960 (979.6) 1,280 104.6 100.6
1,050 (1,069.6) 1,380 109.6 105.6
680 (703.2) 980 85.1 81.7

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

860 (883.2) 1,180 95.1 91.7
SKR65*2 110 170 184 40 47
1,030 (1,053.2) 1,380 110.1 106.7
1,290 (1,313.2) 1,680 130.1 126.7
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The bellows for models SKR55 and SKR65 are only suitable for horizontal orientation. If the bellows are to be used in
other orientations (vertical or wall-mounted), contact THK.

A
 515E

Model SKR-B (with Two Long Blocks)

b (Sub-table)

H1
H
A a (Stroke) B W (Bellows)
L (Outer rail length)

Unit: mm
Outer rail length
Model No. Stroke *1,*2
A B a b W H H1
L
25 (34.8) 150 18.8 17.2
SKR20 79.2 52 60 10 20
60 (71.8) 200 25.3 23.7
35 (46.5) 200 23.7 17.6
SKR26 65 (77.4) 250 32.8 28.2 111.6 62 74 18 20
115 (127.4) 300 32.8 28.2
80 (96.8) 300 35.6 37.6
150 (166.8) 400 50.6 52.6
SKR33 130 86 84 24.5 20
230 (246.8) 500 60.6 62.6
300 (316.8) 600 75.6 77.6
60 (75.8) 340 37.1 36.1
130 (145.8) 440 52.1 51.1
210 (225.8) 540 62.1 61.1
SKR46 280 (295.8) 640 77.1 76.1 191 112 110 36 20
360 (375.8) 740 87.1 86.1
430 (445.8) 840 102.1 101.1
510 (525.8) 940 112.1 111.1
590 (612) 980 74.6 70.6
670 (692) 1,080 84.6 80.6
SKR55*3 760 (782) 1,180 89.6 85.6 222.8 124 154 37 40
850 (872) 1,280 94.6 90.6
930 (952) 1,380 104.6 100.6
550 (578.6) 980 75.1 71.7
720 (748.6) 1,180 90.1 86.7
SKR65*3 254.6 170 184 40 47
900 (928.6) 1,380 100.1 96.7
1,160 (1,188.6) 1,680 120.1 116.7
*1 The strokes in the table are values when the blocks are in close contact with each other.
*2 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*3 The bellows for models SKR55 and SKR65 are only suitable for horizontal orientation. If the bellows are to be used in
other orientations (vertical or wall-mounted), contact THK.
Note) The bellows cannot be attached between the sub-tables.

A
 515E

SKR

Model SKR-C (with a Single Short Block)

b (Sub-table)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

H1
H
A a (Stroke) B W (Bellows)
L (Outer rail length)

Unit: mm
Outer rail length
Model No. Stroke *
A B a b W H H1
L
45 (58.3) 150 30.6 32.6
85 (98.3) 200 35.6 37.6
155 (168.3) 300 50.6 52.6
SKR33 28.5 80 80 21.5 17.5
235 (248.3) 400 60.6 62.6
305 (318.3) 500 75.6 77.6
385 (398.3) 600 85.6 87.6
160 (178.8) 340 57.1 56.1
230 (248.8) 440 72.1 71.1
310 (328.8) 540 82.1 81.1
SKR46 380 (398.8) 640 97.1 96.1 48 112 110 36 20
460 (478.8) 740 107.1 106.1
530 (548.8) 840 122.1 121.1
610 (628.8) 940 132.1 131.1
*The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.

A
 515E

Model SKR-D (with Two Short Blocks)

b (Sub-table)

H1
H
A a (Stroke) B W (Bellows)
L (Outer rail length)

Unit: mm
Outer rail length
Model No. Stroke *1,*2
A B a b W H H1
L
45 (57.8) 200 30.6 32.6
125 (137.8) 300 40.6 42.6
SKR33 195 (207.8) 400 55.6 57.6 79 86 84 24.5 20
275 (287.8) 500 65.6 67.6
345 (357.8) 600 80.6 82.6
110 (121.8) 340 47.1 46.1
180 (191.8) 440 62.1 61.1
260 (271.8) 540 72.1 71.1
SKR46 330 (341.8) 640 87.1 86.1 125 112 110 36 20
410 (421.8) 740 97.1 96.1
480 (491.8) 840 112.1 111.1
560 (571.8) 940 122.1 121.1
*1 The strokes in the table are values when the blocks are in close contact with each other.
*2 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
Note) The bellows cannot be attached between the sub-tables.

A
 515E

SKR

Sensor
Optional photo sensors and proximity sensors are available for Model SKR.

Installation Example

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

Table 15: With/Without a Sensor
Symbol Description Type Accessory *1
0 None — —
1 With sensor rail — Mounting screws, sensor rail
Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail,
2 Photo sensors*2 (3 units) EE-SX671 (OMRON)
mounting plate, connector (EE-1001)
Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail,
6 Photo sensors (3 units)
*2
EE-SX674 (OMRON)
mounting plate, connector (EE-1001)
7 Proximity sensors N.O. contact (3 units) APM-D3A1-001 (Azbil) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
B Proximity sensors N.C. contact (3 units) APM-D3B1-003 (Azbil) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
Proximity sensors N.O. contact (1 unit) APM-D3A1-001
E (Azbil) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
N.C. contact (2 units) APM-D3B1-003
H Proximity sensors N.O. contact (3 units) GX-F12A (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
L Proximity sensors N.C. contact (3 units) GX-F12B (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
Proximity sensors N.O. contact (1 unit) GX-F12A
J (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
N.C. contact (2 units) GX-F12B
Proximity sensors N.O. contact (1 unit) GX-F12A-P
M (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
N.C. contact (2 units) GX-F12B-P

N.O. contact: normally open contact

N.C. contact: normally closed contact
*1 If the stroke is less than 70 mm, 2 sensor dogs and 2 sensor rails will be included. SKR20 and 26 ship with the sensor rail
already installed.
*2 The photo sensors can be switched between ON when lit and ON when unlit.

A
 515E

Proximity Sensor
APM-D3A1-001 (Azbil) 3 units GX-F12B (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) 3 units
APM-D3B1-003 (Azbil) 3 units GX-F12A-P (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) 3 units
GX-F12A (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) 3 units GX-F12B-P (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) 3 units

 Proximity Sensor: APM-D3A1-001 APM-D3B1-003 (Azbil)

Unit: mm

Model No. a b c d
b
a
SKR20 32.5 6.6 6 6
SKR26 37.5 6.4 8 8
SKR33 43 0.3 14.8 15
SKR46 56.2 0.2 26.8 22
SKR55 62.4 0.4 22 22
c d
SKR65 77.4 7.6 25.1 25

 Proximity Sensor: GX-F12A GX-F12B GX-F12A-P

GX-F12B-P (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX)
Unit: mm

Model No. a b c d
b
SKR20 34 8.1 3.6 4
a
SKR26 39 7.9 6 6
SKR33 44.7 2 13.8 15
SKR46 57.7 1.8 24.8 22
SKR55 64.5 2.5 22 22
SKR65 79 6 25.1 25
d
c

 Proximity Sensor (with Bellows)

Unit: mm

Model No. a b c d Sensor type

SKR33 47 4 8 6 GX-F12
(Panasonic Industrial
SKR46 59.8 3.8 15 15 Devices SUNX)
SKR33 45.3 2.3 10 11 APM-D3
SKR46 56.2 0.2 22 25 (Azbil)

A
 515E

SKR

Photo Sensor
EE-SX671 (Omron) 3 units
EE-SX674 (Omron) 3 units
Connector EE-1001 (Omron) 3 units
Note: The connector is an accessory.

 Photo Sensor: EE-SX671 (Omron)

Unit: mm

Model No. e f g h i j

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

f g SKR20 41 53.8 15 9.4 0.9 9.5
e SKR26 45.9 58.7 14.9 11.4 2.9 11.5
SKR33 51.1 63.6 8.3 18.8 7.4 19.5
SKR46 64.1 76.6 8.3 29.8 16.4 26.5
SKR55 70.7 83.5 8.6 24.5 13.6 25
h j
SKR65 85.5 98.5 0.6 28.1 16.6 28
i

 Photo Sensor: EE-SX674 (Omron)

Unit: mm

Model No. e f g h i j
f g
e SKR20 38.3 44.8 12.5 10.9 0.6 11
SKR26 43.3 49.7 12.5 12.9 2.6 13
SKR33 45.9 52.1 3.3 17.8 7.1 20
SKR46 58.9 65.1 3.2 28.8 16.1 27
SKR55 63.5 70.5 1.5 24.5 13.1 24
h j SKR65 79 85.5 6 28.6 16.1 28
i

 Photo Sensor (with Bellows)

Unit: mm

Model No. a b c d Sensor type

SKR33 63.6 8.3 19.5 7.4 EE-SX671
SKR46 76.6 8.3 26.5 16.4 (Omron)
SKR33 52.1 3.3 18 5.1 EE-SX674
SKR46 65.1 3.2 27 16.1 (Omron)

A
 515E

Sensor Rail
The sensor rail can be attached alone.

5
2.4 0.8
5.8

4.3
8

A L
H
Sensor rail

Unit: mm

Outer rail
Model No. Stroke*1 H A L
length
30 100 111
SKR20 80 150 10 43 161
130 200 211
60 150 161
110 200 211
SKR26 12 54
160 250 261
210 300 311
45 150 146
95 200 196
195 300 296
SKR33 295 400 20 61 396
395 500 496
495 600 596
595 700 696
190 340 336
290 440 436
390 540 536
SKR46 490 640 29 89.5 636
590 740 736
690 840 836
790 940 936
800 980 976
900 1,080 1,076
SKR55 1,000 1,180 27 96 1,176
1,100 1,280 1,276
1,200 1,380 1,376
790 980 976
990 1,180 1,176
SKR65 30 102
1,190 1,380 1,376
1,490 1,680 1,676
*1 Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.

A
 515E

SKR

Intermediate Flange (Direct Coupling)

Motors Used and Applicable Intermediate Flanges for Model SKR
Several types of intermediate flanges for mounting motors are available for Model SKR. Specify an
intermediate flange that matches the motor used.
Each intermediate flange is made of steel and plated with THK AP-C treatment, a surface
treatment that provides excellent corrosion resistance.
Table 16: Table of Motors Used and Corresponding Housing A and Intermediate Flanges

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

Rated Flange SKR
Motor type
output size SKR20 SKR26 SKR33 SKR46 SKR55 SKR65
SGMMV-A1 10 W AN AN — — — —
mini

SGMMV-A2 20 W 25 AN AN — — — —
-


SGMMV-A3 30 W AN AN — — — —
SGMJV-A5 AQ AQ AQ — — —
50 W
SGMAV-A5 AQ AQ AQ — — —
SGMJV-01 40 — — AQ — — —
100 W
SGMAV-01 — — AQ — — —
SGMJV-C2 150 W — — AQ — — —
SGMJV-02 — — — AV A0 AV
200 W
-

SGMAV-02 — — — AV A0 AV


SGMJV-04 60 — — — AV A0 AV
400 W
AC servo motor

SGMAV-04 — — — AV A0 AV
YASKAWA

SGMJV-06 600 W — — — AV A0 AV
SGMJV-08 — — — — AZ AZ
750 W 80
SGMAV-08 — — — — AZ AZ
SGM7J-A5 AQ AQ AQ — — —
50 W
SGM7A-A5 AQ AQ AQ — — —
SGM7J-01 40 — — AQ — — —
100 W
SGM7A-01 — — AQ — — —
SGM7J-C2 150 W — — AQ — — —
SGM7J-02 — — — AV A0 AV
 -7

200 W


SGM7A-02 — — — AV A0 AV
SGM7J-04 60 — — — AV A0 AV
400 W
SGM7A-04 — — — AV A0 AV
SGM7J-06 600 W — — — AV A0 AV
SGM7J-08 — — — — AZ AZ
750 W 80
SGM7A-08 — — — — AZ AZ

A
 515E

Rated Flange SKR

Motor type
output size SKR20 SKR26 SKR33 SKR46 SKR55 SKR65
SGMXJ-A5 AQ AQ AQ — — —
50 W
SGMXA-A5 AQ AQ AQ — — —
SGMXJ-01 — — AQ — — —
100 W 40
SGMXA-01 — — AQ — — —
SGMXJ-C2 — — AQ — — —
150 W
SGMXA-C2 — — AQ — — —
YASKAWA

SGMXJ-02 — — — AV A0 AV
 -X

200 W
SGMXA-02 — — — AV A0 AV


SGMXJ-04 — — — AV A0 AV
400 W 60
SGMXA-04 — — — AV A0 AV
SGMXJ-06 — — — AV A0 AV
600 W
SGMXA-06 — — — AV A0 AV
SGMXJ-08 — — — — AZ AZ
750 W 80
SGMXA-08 — — — — AZ AZ
HG-AK0136 10 W AN AN — — — —
HG-AK0236 20 W 25 AN AN — — — —
HG-AK0336 30 W AN AN — — — —
HG-MR053 AQ AQ AQ — — —
50 W
HG-KR053 AQ AQ AQ — — —
40
HG-MR13 — — AQ — — —
100 W
HG-KR13 — — AQ — — —
J4

HG-MR23 — — — AV A0 AV
AC servo motor

200 W
HG-KR23 — — — AV A0 AV
Mitsubishi Electric

60
MELSERVO

HG-MR43 — — — AV A0 AV
400 W
HG-KR43 — — — AV A0 AV
HG-MR73 — — — — AZ AZ
750 W 80
HG-KR73 — — — — AZ AZ
HK-KT053W 50 W AQ AQ AQ — — —
40
HK-KT13W 100 W — — AQ — — —
HK-KT23W 200 W — — — AV A0 AV
J5

60
HK-KT43W 400 W — — — AV A0 AV
HK-KT7M3W 750 W 80 — — — — AZ AZ
HF-KN053 50 W AQ AQ AQ — — —
40
HF-KN13 100 W — — AQ — — —
JN

HF-KN23 200 W — — — AV A0 AV
60
HF-KN43 400 W — — — AV A0 AV
TS4602 50 W AQ AQ AQ — — —
TS4603 100 W 40 — — AQ — — —
TS4604 150 W — — AQ — — —
TBL-i
TAMAGAWA SEIKI

TS4607 200 W — — — AV A0 AV
60
TS4609 400 W — — — AV A0 AV
TS4614 750 W 80 — — — — AZ AZ
TSM3102 50 W AQ AQ AQ — — —
40
TSM3104 100 W — — AQ — — —
TSM3202 200 W — — — AV A0 AV
TBL-i

60
TSM3204 400 W — — — AV A0 AV
TSM3303 600 W — — — — AZ AZ
80
TSM3304 750 W — — — — AZ AZ

A
 515E

SKR

Rated Flange SKR

Motor type
output size SKR20 SKR26 SKR33 SKR46 SKR55 SKR65
MSMD5A AP AP AP — — —
50 W
MSME5A AP AP AP — — —
38
MSMD01 — — AP — — —
100 W
MSME01 — — AP — — —
MSMD02 — — — AY — —
A5

200 W
MSME02 — — — AY — —
60

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

MSMD04 — — — AY — —
400 W
MSME04 — — — AY — —
MSMD08 — — — — A5 A5
Panasonic

750 W 80
MINAS

MSME08 — — — — A5 A5
MSMF5A 38 AP AP AP — — —
50 W
MHMF5A 40 AQ AQ AQ — — —
MSMF01 38 — — AP — — —
100 W
MHMF01 40 — — AQ — — —
MSMF02 — — — AY — —
A6

200 W
MHMF02 — — — AY — —
60
MSMF04 — — — AY — —
400 W
MHMF04 — — — AY — —
MSMF08 — — — — A5 A5
750 W 80
MHMF08 — — — — A5 A5
SV-M005 50 W AQ AQ AQ — — —
40
SV-M010 100 W — — AQ — — —
SV

SV-M020 200 W — — — AV A0 AV
AC servo motor

60
SV-M040 400 W — — — AV A0 AV
KEYENCE

SV-M075 750 W 80 — — — — AZ AZ
SV2-M005 50 W AQ AQ AQ — — —
40
SV2-M010 100 W — — AQ — — —
SV2

SV2-M020 200 W — — — AV A0 AV
60
SV2-M040 400 W — — — AV A0 AV
SV2-M075 750 W 80 — — — — AZ AZ
R2 A04005 50 W AQ AQ AQ — — —
SANMOTION R
SANYO DENKI

R2EA04008 80 W 40 — — AQ — — —
R2 A04010 100 W — — AQ — — —
R2 A06020 200 W — — — AV A0 AV
60
R2AA06040 400 W — — — AV A0 AV
R2AA08075 750 W 80 — — — — AZ AZ
R88M-K05030 50 W AQ AQ AQ — — —
40
R88M-K10030 100 W — — AQ — — —
OMNUC
G5

R88M-K20030 200 W — — — AY — —
60
R88M-K40030 400 W — — — AY — —
OMRON

R88M-K75030 750 W 80 — — — — A5 A5
R88M-1M10030 100 W 40 — — AQ — — —
R88M-1M20030 200 W — — — AY — —
1S

60
R88M-1M40030 400 W — — — AY — —
R88M-1M75030 750 W 80 — — — — A5 A5


 is0.2/5000 50 W AQ AQ AQ — — —
FANUC

series
 is

40



 is0.3/5000 100 W — — AQ — — —

A
 515E

Flange SKR
Motor type
size SKR20 SKR26 SKR33 SKR46 SKR55 SKR65
AZ2 , AR2 28 AS AS — — — —
AZ4 , AR4 42 AR AR AR — — —
Step

AZM48 42 AR AR AR — — —



AZ6 , AR6 60 — — AU AU — —
AZ9 , AR9 85 — — — — A6 A6
CRK52 28 AS AS — — — —
CRK
ORIENTAL MOTOR

CRK54 42 AR AR AR — — —
CRK56 60 — — AU AU — —
RKS54 42 AR AR AR — — —
5-phase

RKS56 60 — — AU AU — —
RK

RKS59 85 — — — — A6 A6
PKP52 28 AS AS — — — —
PKP54 42 AR AR AR — — —
PKP

PKP56 56.4 — — AT — — —
PKP56 60 — — AU AU — —
PKP22 28 AS AS — — — —
2-phase

PKP/CVD
Stepping motor

PKP24 42 AR AR AR — — —
PKP26 56.4 — — AT — — —
PBDM28 28 AS AS — — — —
PB

PBDM423, PBA 423 42 AR AR AR — — —

PBDM60 , PBA 60 60 — — AU AU — —
FAF/FDF52 28 AS AS — — — —
SANYO DENKI

5-phase

FAF54 /FDF54 /
42 AR AR AR — — —
FA511M42/FB511M42
FAM56 /FDM56 /
60 — — AU AU — —
FA512M60/FB512M60
D 14S28 28 AS AS — — — —
DB14H52 AR AR AR — — —
2-phase

42
DU15H52 AR AR AR — — —
D 16H71 56 — — AT — — —
DB16H78 60 — — AU AU — —
QS-M28 28 AS AS — — — —
KEYENCE

2-phase

QS-M42 42 AR AR AR — — —

QS-M60 60 — — AU AU — —

Note 1) The symbols in the table indicate the housing A and intermediate flange.
Note 2) For motor couplings, contact THK.
Note 3) The motor types in the table represent only some of the types available. For details regarding different types, please
see the catalog from each respective motor manufacturer.

A
 515E

SKR

Intermediate Flange (Motor Wrap)

Motors Used and Applicable Intermediate Flanges for Model SKR
Several types of intermediate flanges for mounting motors are available.
In model coding 7, “With/without motor,” specify an intermediate flange that matches the motor used:
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, or R6.
Symbol Coding
Wrap symbol Intermediate flange Motor shaft diameter (mm) Motor shaft securing method

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

W Q - 08 D
Please refer to “Motors Used Please specify a motor shaft diameter. K Key
and Corresponding Housing (Please refer to “Motors Used and
W D Flat
A and Intermediate Flanges” Corresponding Housing A and
below. Intermediate Flanges” below.) M Friction fastener

Motor shaft securing method

Key Flat Friction fastener

Table 17: Motors Used and Corresponding Housing A and Intermediate Flanges

Rated Flange SKR

Motor type
output size SKR20 SKR26 SKR33 SKR46 SKR55 SKR65
SGMMV-A1 10 W WN 05D WN 05D — — — —
mini

SGMMV-A2 20 W 25 WN 05D WN 05D — — — —

-


SGMMV-A3 30 W WN 05D WN 05D — — — —

WQ 08K
SGMJV-A5 WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
WQ 08M
50 W
WQ 08K
SGMAV-A5 WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
WQ 08M
WQ 08K
AC servo motor

SGMJV-01 40 — — — — —
WQ 08M
YASKAWA

100 W
WQ 08K
SGMAV-01 — — — — —
WQ 08M
WQ 08K
SGMJV-C2 150 W — — — — —
WQ 08M
-


SGMJV-02 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

200 W
SGMAV-02 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGMJV-04 60 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
400 W
SGMAV-04 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGMJV-06 600 W — — — — WV 14M WV 14M
SGMJV-08 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
750 W 80
SGMAV-08 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

A
 515E

Rated Flange SKR

Motor type
output size SKR20 SKR26 SKR33 SKR46 SKR55 SKR65
WQ 08K
SGM7J-A5 WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
WQ 08M
50 W
WQ 08K
SGM7A-A5 WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
WQ 08M
WQ 08K
SGM7J-01 40 — — — — —
WQ 08M
100 W
WQ 08K
SGM7A-01 — — — — —
WQ 08M
WQ 08K
SGM7J-C2 150 W — — — — —
 -7

WQ 08M


SGM7J-02 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

200 W
SGM7A-02 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGM7J-04 60 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
400 W
SGM7A-04 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGM7J-06 600 W — — — — WV 14M WV 14M
SGM7J-08 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
750 W 80
AC servo motor

SGM7A-08 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

YASKAWA

WQ 08K
SGMXJ-A5 WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
WQ 08M
50 W
WQ 08K
SGMXA-A5 WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
WQ 08M
WQ 08K
SGMXJ-01 — — — — —
WQ 08M
100 W 40
WQ 08K
SGMXA-01 — — — — —
WQ 08M
WQ 08K
SGMXJ-C2 — — — — —
WQ 08M
150 W
WQ 08K
 -X

SGMXA-C2 — — — — —
WQ 08M


SGMXJ-02 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

200 W
SGMXA-02 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGMXJ-04 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
400 W 60
SGMXA-04 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGMXJ-06 — — — — WV 14M WV 14M
600 W
SGMXA-06 — — — — WV 14M WV 14M
SGMXJ-08 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
750 W 80
SGMXA-08 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

A
 515E

SKR

Rated Flange SKR

Motor type
output size SKR20 SKR26 SKR33 SKR46 SKR55 SKR65
HG-AK0136 10 W WN 05D WN 05D — — — —
HG-AK0236 20 W 25 WN 05D WN 05D — — — —
HG-AK0336 30 W WN 05D WN 05D — — — —
HG-MR053 WQ 08D WQ 08D — — — —
50 W
HG-KR053 WQ 08D WQ 08D — — — —
40 WQ 08D
HG-MR13 — — — — —
WQ 08M

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

100 W
WQ 08D
J4

HG-KR13 — — — — —
WQ 08M
HG-MR23 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
200 W
HG-KR23 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
60
Mitsubishi Electric

HG-MR43 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

400 W
MELSERVO

HG-KR43 — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

HG-MR73 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
750 W 80
HG-KR73 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
WQ 08D
HK-KT053W 50 W WQ 08D WQ 08D — — —
WQ 08M
40
WQ 08D
HK-KT13W 100 W — — — — —
WQ 08M
J5

HK-KT23W 200 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

AC servo motor

60
HK-KT43W 400 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
HK-KT7M3W 750 W 80 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
WQ 08D
HF-KN053 50 W WQ 08D WQ 08D — — —
WQ 08M
40
WQ 08D
HF-KN13 100 W — — — — —
JN

WQ 08M
HF-KN23 200 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
60
HF-KN43 400 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
WQ 08D
TS4602 50 W WQ 08D WQ 08D — — —
WQ 08M
WQ 08D
TS4603 100 W 40 — — — — —
WQ 08M
WQ 08D
TBL-i

TS4604 150 W — — — — —
WQ 08M
TAMAGAWA SEIKI

TS4607 200 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

60
TS4609 400 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
TS4614 750 W 80 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
WQ 08D
TSM3102 50 W WQ 08D WQ 08D — — —
WQ 08M
40
WQ 08D
TSM3104 100 W — — — — —
WQ 08M
TBL-i

TSM3202 200 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

60
TSM3204 400 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
TSM3303 600 W — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
80
TSM3304 750 W — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

A
 515E

Rated Flange SKR

Motor type
output size SKR20 SKR26 SKR33 SKR46 SKR55 SKR65
WP 08D
WP 08D WP 08D
MSMD5A WP 08K — — —
WP 08K WP 08K
WP 08M
50 W
WP 08D
WP 08D WP 08D
MSME5A WP 08K — — —
WP 08K WP 08K
WP 08M
38
WP 08D
MSMD01 — — WP 08K — — —
WP 08M
100 W
WP 08D
A5

MSME01 — — WP 08K — — —
WP 08M
MSMD02 — — — WY 11M — —
200 W
MSME02 — — — WY 11M — —
60
MSMD04 — — — WY 14M — —
400 W
Panasonic

MSME04 — — — WY 14M — —
MINAS

MSMD08 — — — — W5 19M W5 19M

750 W 80
MSME08 — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
WP 08K
MSMF5A 38 WP 08K WP 08K — — —
WP 08M
50 W
WQ 08K
MHMF5A 40 WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
AC servo motor

WQ 08M
WP 08K
MSMF01 38 — — — — —
WP 08M
100 W
WQ 08K
MHMF01 40 — — — — —
WQ 08M
A6

MSMF02 — — — WY 11M — —
200 W
MHMF02 — — — WY 11M — —
60
MSMF04 — — — WY 14M — —
400 W
MHMF04 — — — WY 14M — —
MSMF08 — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
750 W 80
MHMF08 — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
WQ 08K
SV-M005 50 W WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
WQ 08M
40
WQ 08K
SV-M010 100 W — — — — —
WQ 08M
SV

SV-M020 200 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

60
SV-M040 400 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
KEYENCE

SV-M075 750 W 80 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

WQ 08K
SV2-M005 50 W WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
WQ 08M
40
WQ 08K
SV2-M010 100 W — — — — —
WQ 08M
SV2

SV2-M020 200 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

60
SV2-M040 400 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SV2-M075 750 W 80 — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

A
 515E

SKR

Rated Flange SKR

Motor type
output size SKR20 SKR26 SKR33 SKR46 SKR55 SKR65
R2 A04005 50 W WQ 08K WQ 08K WQ 08M — — —
SANMOTION R
SANYO DENKI

R2EA04008 80 W 40 — — WQ 08M — — —
R2 A04010 100 W — — WQ 08M — — —
R2 A06020 200 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
60
R2AA06040 400 W — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
R2AA08075 750 W 80 — — — — WZ 16M WZ 16M
WQ 08K

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

R88M-K05030 50 W WQ 08K WQ 08K — — —
WQ 08M
OMNUC G5

40
WQ 08K
R88M-K10030 100 W — — — — —
AC servo motor

WQ 08M
R88M-K20030 200 W — — — WY 11M — —
60
OMRON

R88M-K40030 400 W — — — WY 14M — —

R88M-K75030 750 W 80 — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
WQ 08K
R88M-1M10030 100 W 40 — — — — —
WQ 08M
R88M-1M20030 200 W — — — WY 11M — —
1S

60
R88M-1M40030 400 W — — — WY 14M — —
R88M-1M75030 750 W 80 — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
FANUC

series
 is


 is0.2/5000 50 W 40 WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —


Note 1) The symbols in the table indicate the housing A and intermediate flange.
Note 2) For motor couplings, contact THK.
Note 3) The motor types in the table represent only some of the types available. For details regarding different types, please
see the catalog from each respective motor manufacturer.

A
 515E

Dimensional Drawing of Housing A/Intermediate Flange for Model SKR

 For Model SKR20
SKR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

SKR20
12 25 12
A0
39.6 23 8 18
4-M3 depth 6 33.6 3

 4h7
30

 23H7
29.5
30

 20
3.3 9.5
0.5 12.5

30
9
D2
PC

4-3.4 through hole

Intermediate Flange

SKR20 10.5
AP 8.5
39.5 3.5
 30H7
 21
 20
38

4-M3 through
6

4-M3 depth 8.5

(PCD45, spaced every 90 )

SKR20 10.5
AQ 8.5
40 3.5
 30H7
 21
 20

4-M3 through
7

4-M4 depth 8.5

(PCD46, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

SKR

SKR20 7
AR 42 5
31 2.5

 22H7
 21
 20
31 4-M3 through

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

4-3.4 through hole

8
 6.5 counter bore depth 3.5
(From the backside)

SKR20 7
AS 39.5 5
23 2.5

4-M3 through

 22H7
 21
 20
28
23

1
4-3 through hole
counter bore depth 3.5
(From the backside)

SKR20
AN 7
39.5 5
 20H7
26

6.5 4-M3 through

4-3.4 through hole counter bore depth 3.5
(PCD28, spaced every 90 )
(From the backside)

A
 515E

Motor Wrap Housing A

SKR20
1.5 12
20

I 4h7 -00.012
12.5
39.6 8
29.5

I 17.5
12.5
0.5

4-M3 depth 6 Note) If motor wrap specifications are selected, it is

necessary to consider shaft ends separately.
(PCD23.5, spaced every 90 ) Please contact THK for details.

SKR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

SKR20 SKR20
WP WQ
10.5 10.5
8.5 39.5 8.5 40
3.5 4-M3 through 3 4-M3 through

I 30 I 30
40
38

4-M3 depth 8.5 4-M4 depth 8.5

(PCD45, spaced every 90 ) (PCD46, spaced every 90 )

SKR20
1.5

WN

7 39.5
5 4-M3 through
I 20
26

6.5
4-3.4 through hole counter bore depth 3.5
(PCD28, spaced every 90 )
(From the backside)

A
 515E

SKR

 For Model SKR26

SKR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

SKR26
A0 49.4 4-M3 depth 6 12 34 14
43 29.5 10 20.5

 5h7
45

 24H7
38.5
38

11
0.5 15.5

45
6.5

3
D3

4-3.5 through hole

PC

Intermediate Flange

SKR26
10.5
AP 8.5
49 3.5
 30H7
 21
38

4-M3 through
3

4-M3 depth 8.5

(PCD45, spaced every 90 )

SKR26
10.5
AQ
8.5
49 3.5
 30H7
 21
40

4-M3 through

4-M4 depth 8.5

4

(PCD46, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

SKR26 8.5
AR 49 6.5
31 2.5

 22H7
 21
42
31
4-M3 through
4-3.4 through hole

5
 6.5 counter bore depth 3.5
(From the backside)

SKR26 8
AS 49 6
23 2.5

 22H7
 21
28
23

4-M3 through
5
4-3 through hole
counter bore depth 4
(From the backside)

SKR26 7
AN 49 5
 20H7
26

6.5 4-M3 through

4-3.4 through hole counter bore depth 3.5
(PCD28, spaced every 90 )
(From the backside)

A
 515E

SKR

Motor Wrap Housing A

SKR26 1.5 14
20 15
49.4 10

I 5h7 -00.012

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

I 17.5
38
15.5
0.5

4-M3 depth 6 Note) If motor wrap specifications are selected, it is necessary to

(PCD23.5, spaced every 90 ) consider shaft ends separately. Please contact THK for details.

SKR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

SKR26 SKR26
WP WQ 10.5
10.5
8.5
8.5
3.5 3.5 40
39.5 4-M3 through
4-M3 through

I 30 I 30
40
38

4-M3 depth 8.5 4-M4 depth 8.5

(PCD45, spaced every 90 ) (PCD46, spaced every 90 )

SKR26
1.5

WN
7
5 4-M3 through 39.5
I 20
26

6.5
4-3.4 through hole counter bore depth 3.5
(PCD28, spaced every 90 )
(From the backside)

A
 515E

 For Model SKR33

SKR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

SKR33 10 27 22
59.6 21 9 29
A0 2-M4 through
34 3
2-M3 depth 5

30

 30H8
 28
42.3
43

0.7 22.3

30

 8h7
2-M4 depth 8
0
D4
PC

Intermediate Flange

SKR33
12
AP
10
42 3.5
 30H7
 28
40
6

2-3.4 through hole

4-M3 depth 10
(PCD45, spaced every 90 )

SKR33
12
AQ 10
42 3.5
 30H7
 28
40
6

2-3.4 through hole

4-M4 depth 10
(PCD46, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

SKR

SKR33
42
AR 32 9
31 2-M3 through 7
(PCD40)

30

 22H7
31
8
2-M3 through 4-3.4 through hole

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

 6.5 counter bore depth 4
(From the backside)

SKR33
12
AT
56.4 10
47.14 2.5

φ 38.1 0.15
0.05
47.14

φ 28
6

2-3.4 through hole

5.2
4-M4 depth 10

SKR33
12
AU 60 10
50 2.5
φ 36H7
φ 28
50
6

2-3.4 through hole

7

4-M4 depth 10

A
 515E

Motor Wrap Housing A

SKR33 3 19
59.6 16

I 8h7 -00.015
40
27 9

I 30.4
42.5

27
22.5
9
0.5

4-M4 depth 8 Note) If motor wrap specifications are selected, it is

(Helisert 2D) necessary to consider shaft ends separately.
Please contact THK for details.

SKR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

SKR33 SKR33
Thickness: 5 mm Thickness: 5 mm
WQ WP 40
40
4-M3 through 4-M3 through

I 31 I 31
44
44

23
23

4-M4 depth 5 4-M3 depth 5

(PCD46, spaced every 90 ) (PCD45, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

SKR

 For Model SKR46

SKR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

SKR46
A0 4-M4 depth 8 14 48.5 25
85.4 34.5 18 35
3.5

30

 50H8
 42
56.8
58

30.8

30

 10h7
1.2

0
D6
PC

Intermediate Flange

SKR46
AU 62 12.5
50 10
 36H7
3 0 30
60
50

4-4.5 through hole

4-M4 depth 10  8 counter bore depth 4.5
(PCD60)

SKR46
12.5
AY
10
62 3.5
 50H7
30

 44
 42
60

30

4-4.5 through hole

4-M4 depth 10  8 counter bore depth 4.5
(PCD70, spaced every 90 ) (PCD60)

A
 515E

SKR46
12.5
AV 10
62 3.5

 50H7
30

 44
 42
60

30
4-4.5 through hole
4-M5 depth 10  8 counter bore depth 4.5
(PCD70, spaced every 90 ) (PCD60)

A
 515E

SKR

Motor Wrap Housing A

SKR46 3 22

I 10h7 -00.015
85.4
28
60 40
18

I 40.4
62.8

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

40
30.8
10.8
1.2

4-M5 depth 10
(Helisert 2D)

SKR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

SKR46 SKR46
Thickness: 6 mm Thickness: 6 mm
WV 4-M5 through 60 WY 4-M5 through 60

I 51 I 51
71
71

36.5
36.5

4-M5 depth 6 4-M4 depth 6

(PCD70, spaced every 90 ) (PCD70, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

 For Model SKR55

SKR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

SKR55
A0 99 22 45 27
4-M5 depth 10 78 35 22 37

45

 50H8
 12h7
71.5
72

0.5 31.5

45
0
D7
PC

Intermediate Flange

SKR55 15
80 12 3
A5
3.5
 70H7
 45

4-M5 depth 12 4-5.5 through hole

 9.5 counter bore depth 5.4
8

(PCD90, spaced every 90 )

(PCD70, spaced every 90 )

SKR55 15
AZ 12 3
80 3.5
 70H7
 45

4-5.5 through hole

 9.5 counter bore depth 9
8

4-M6 depth 12
(PCD90, spaced every 90 ) (PCD70, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

SKR

SKR55 15
85
A6 12 3
70
2.5

 60H7
 45
70

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

4-M6 depth 12 4-5.5 through hole

10.5
(Spaced every 90 ) (PCD70, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

Motor Wrap Housing A

SKR55 3 24
20 99
32
45
22

I 12h7
71.5

I 41
72

45
0.5 31.5
9

4-M6 depth 12

SKR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

SKR55 SKR55
Thickness: 6 mm Thickness: 6 mm 80
WV 60 W5 22
4-M5 through 4-M5 through
36

I 51 I 71
90
80
71
62
36.5
4.5

4-M5 through 4-M5 through

(PCD70, spaced every 90 ) (PCD90, spaced every 90 )

SKR55 80
Thickness: 6 mm
WZ 22
4-M5 through

I 71
90
80

4-M6 through
(PCD90, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

SKR

 For Model SKR65

SKR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

SKR65 PC 30 35 35
A0 D9 128 36 16 48
PC 0
D1 102 3.5
00

45
30

 70H8

 15h7
 60
82
83

37

30
45
1

4-M6 depth 12
4-M6 depth 12

Intermediate Flange

SKR65 15
AV 74 12 3
 50H7

4-M5 through 4-6.6 through hole


(PCD70, spaced every 90 ) 11 counter bore depth 6.5
(PCD90, spaced every 90 )

SKR65 15
12 3
A5 100 3.5
30

 70H7
 60
80

30

4-M5 through 4-6.6 through hole

(PCD90, spaced every 90 )  11 counter bore depth 6.5
2

(PCD100)

A
 515E

SKR65 100 15
70 12 3
A6

30

 60H7
85

70
30

4-M6 through 4-6.6 through hole

 11 counter bore depth 6.5

4.5
(PCD100)

SKR65 18
AZ 80 15 3
3.5

 70H7
 60

4-7 through hole

2
(PCD90, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

SKR

Motor Wrap Housing A

SKR65
30
128 29 35
56 16

I 15h7

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

56
82
83

37
16
1

4-M6 depth 12

SKR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

SKR65 SKR65
Thickness: 6 mm 86 Thickness: 6 mm
WV W5 86
4-M5 through 74 4-M5 through
74

I 51 I 71
100

100
86

86

4-M5 through 4-M5 through

(PCD70, spaced every 90 ) (PCD90, spaced every 90 )

SKR65
Thickness: 6 mm 86
WZ
4-M5 through 74

I 71
100
86

4-M6 through
(PCD90, spaced every 90 )

A
 515E

KR
LM Guide Actuator Model KR
LM Guide + Ball Screw = Integrated-Structure Actuator Stopper
Housing B
Ball screw

Inner block

Grease nipple

Outer rail Bearing (supported side)

Housing A Stopper

Double-row ball circuit

Bearing (fixed side)

Fig. 1: Structure of LM Guide Actuator Model KR

Structure and Features

LM Guide Actuator Model KR achieves high rigidity and high accuracy in minimal space thanks to
the highly rigid U-shaped cross section of its outer rail and its inner block that features LM Guide
units on both side faces and an integrated ball screw unit in the center.
In addition, since housings A and B also serve as support units and the inner block serves as a
table, this model allows for a significant reduction in labor hours required for design and assembly,
thus contributing to an overall lower cost.

A
 515E

KR

4-Way Equal Load

Each row of balls is arranged at a contact angle
of 45° so that the load rating on the inner block
is uniform in the four directions (radial, reverse-
radial, and lateral directions), enabling the Mod-
el KR to be used in any mounting orientation.

LM Guide Actuator
Fig. 2: Load Capacity and Contact Angle of Model KR

High Rigidity
Use of an outer rail with a U-shaped cross sec- Table 1: Cross-Sectional Characteristics of the Outer Rail
tion increases the rigidity against moments and Model No. IX (mm4) IY (mm4) Mass (kg/m)
torsion.
KR15 9.08 102 1.42 104 1.04
Y axis
Center point of gravity KR20 6.1 10 3
6.2 10 4
2.6
KR26 1.7 104 1.5 105 3.9
KR30H 2.7 10 4
2.8 10 5
5.0
KR33 6.2 104 3.8 105 6.6
X axis
KR45H 8.4 10 4
8.9 10 5
9.0
KR46 2.4 105 1.5 106 12.6
Fig. 3: Cross Section of the Outer Rail
KR55 2.2 105 2.3 106 15.0
KR65 4.6 105 5.9 106 23.1
lX = geometric moment of inertia around X axis
lY = geometric moment of inertia around Y axis

High Accuracy
Since the linear guide consists of four rows Center of ball rotation
of circular-arc grooves that enable balls to
smoothly move with two points of contact even
under a preload, a highly rigid guide with no
clearance is achieved. Additionally, variation in
frictional resistance caused by load fluctuation
is minimized, allowing highly accurate feeding.
The system contributes significantly to increas-
ing precision and quality by providing precision-
grade positioning performance to all kinds of
machines. Fig. 4: Contact Structure of Model KR

A
 515E

Space Saving
Use of an inner block integrating LM Guide units on both ends and a ball screw unit in the center
makes Model KR a highly rigid and highly accurate actuator in minimal space.

Model KR65
Model KR55
Model KR46

Model KR45H
Model KR33
10 mm
Model KR30H

Model KR15 Model KR20 Model KR26

10 mm
Fig. 5: Cross-Sectional Drawing

A
 515E

KR

Seal
Model KR is equipped with end seals and side seals for contamination protection as standard.

Side seal

LM Guide Actuator
End seal

Table 2 shows the rolling resistance and seal resistance per inner block (guide section).
Table 2: Maximum Resistance Value Unit: N
Rolling Seal
Model No. resistance resistance Total
value value
KR15 0.2 0.7 0.9
KR20 0.5 0.7 1.2
KR26 0.6 0.8 1.4
KR30H 1.5 2.0 3.5
KR33 1.5 1.9 3.4
KR45H 2.5 2.6 5.1
KR46 2.5 2.5 5
KR55 5.0 3.8 8.8
KR65 6.0 4.1 10.1
Note: The rolling resistance represents the value when a
lubricant is not used.

A
 515E

Types and Configurations

Types

Model KR-A (with a Single Long Block)

This is the representative model of KR.

Model KR-A

Model KR-B (with Two Long Blocks)

Equipped with two units of the inner block of
Model KR-A, this model achieves higher rigidity
and higher load-carrying capacity.

Model KR-B

Model KR-C (with a Single Short Block)

This model has a shorter overall length of the
inner block and a longer stroke than Model
KR-A.
(Supported models: models KR30H, 33, 45H, 46)

Model KR-C

Model KR-D (with Two Short Blocks)

Equipped with two units of the inner block of
Model KR-C, this design allows for a span be-
tween blocks that matches each application and
achieves high rigidity.
(Supported models: models KR30H, 33, 45H, 46)

Model KR-D

A
 515E

KR

Configurations

Direct Motor Coupling (Without Cover)

LM Guide Actuator
Direct Motor Coupling (With Cover)

Motor Wrap (Without Cover)

Motor Wrap (With Cover)

A
 515E

Load Ratings in All Directions and Static Permissible Moment

Load Rating
Radial load Reverse radial load
PR PL

PT PT
Lateral Lateral
load load

 LM Guide Unit
Model KR is capable of receiving loads in four directions (radial, reverse-radial, and lateral direc-
tions). Its basic load ratings are equal in all four directions (radial, reverse-radial, and lateral direc-
tions), and their values are indicated in Table 3 on A and A .

 Ball Screw Unit

Since a ball screw nut is incorporated into the inner block, Model KR is capable of receiving an axial
load. The basic load rating value is indicated in Table 3 on A and A .

 Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

Since housing A contains an angular bearing, Model KR is capable of receiving an axial load.
The basic load rating value is indicated in Table 3 on A and A .

Equivalent Load (LM Guide Unit)

The equivalent load when the LM Guide unit of Model KR simultaneously receives loads in all direc-
tions is obtained from the following equation.
PE = PR (PL) + PT
PE : Equivalent load (N)
: Radial direction
: Reverse-radial direction
: Lateral direction
PR : Radial load (N)
PL : Reverse-radial load (N)
PT : Lateral load (N)

A
515E

LM Guide Actuator
KR

A
 515E

Table 3: Load Rating of Model KR

KR15 KR20 KR26

Model No.
KR1501 KR1502 KR2001 KR2006 KR2602 KR2606

Basic dynamic Long block 1,930 3,590 7,240

load rating
C (N) Short block — — —
LM Guide unit

Basic static Long block 3,450 6,300 12,150

load rating
C0 (N) Short block — — —

Normal grade, –0.001 to –0.003 to –0.004 to

Radial High Accuracy grade +0.002 +0.002 +0.002
clearance
(mm) –0.005 to –0.007 to –0.01 to
Precision grade
–0.002 –0.003 –0.004
Normal grade,
Basic dynamic High Accuracy grade 340 230 660 860 2,350 1,950
load rating
Ca (N) Precision grade 340 230 660 1,060 2,350 2,390

Normal grade,
Ball screw unit

Basic static 660 410 1,170 1,450 4,020 3,510

High Accuracy grade
load rating
C0a (N) Precision grade 660 410 1,170 1,600 4,020 3,900

Screw shaft diameter (mm) 5 6 8

Lead (mm) 1 2 1 6 2 6
Thread minor diameter (mm) 4.5 5.3 5.0 6.6 6.7
Ball center-to-center diameter (mm) 5.15 6.15 6.3 8.3 8.4
Basic dynamic
Bearing unit

load rating 590 1,000 1,380

(fixed side)

Ca (N)
Axial direction
Static permissible
load 290 1,240 1,760
P0a (N)
Note1) The load ratings in the LM Guide unit each indicate the load rating per inner block.
Note2) Ball screws of Precision grade (grade P) for models KR30H, KR33, KR45H10, and KR4610 are incorporated with
spacer balls in a one-to-one ratio.
Note3) Ball screws of Precision grade (grade P) for models KR45H20, KR4620, KR55, and KR65 are incorporated with spac-
er balls in a two-to-one ratio.

A
 515E

KR

KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46

KR55 KR65
KR30H06 KR30H10 KR3306 KR3310 KR45H10 KR45H20 KR4610 KR4620

11,600 11,600 23,300 27,400 38,100 50,900

4,900 4,900 11,900 14,000 — —

LM Guide Actuator
20,200 20,200 39,200 45,500 61,900 80,900

10,000 10,000 19,600 22,700 — —

–0.004 to –0.004 to –0.006 to –0.006 to –0.007 to –0.008 to

+0.002 +0.002 +0.003 +0.003 +0.004 +0.004

–0.012 to –0.012 to –0.016 to –0.016 to –0.019 to –0.022 to

–0.004 –0.004 –0.006 –0.006 –0.007 –0.008

2,840 1,760 2,840 1,760 3,140 3,040 3,140 3,040 3,620 5,680

2,250 1,370 2,250 1,370 2,940 3,430 2,940 3,430 3,980 5,950

4,900 2,840 4,900 2,840 6,760 7,150 6,760 7,150 9,290 14,500

2,740 1,570 2,740 1,570 3,720 5,290 3,720 5,290 6,850 10,700

10 10 15 15 20 25
6 10 6 10 10 20 10 20 20 25
7.8 7.8 12.5 12.5 17.5 22
10.5 10.5 15.75 15.75 20.75 26

1,790 1,790 6,660 6,660 7,600 13,700

2,590 2,590 3,240 3,240 3,990 5,830

A
 515E

Static Permissible Moment (LM Guide Unit)

The inner block is capable of receiving moment loads in all three directions.
Table 4 on A shows static permissible moments in the MA, MB, and MC directions.

With a single long block (Model KR-A)

With double long blocks (Model KR-B)

With a single short block (Model KR-C)

With double short blocks (Model KR-D)

A
 515E

KR

Table 4: Static Permissible Moments of Model KR Unit: N·m

Static permissible moment

Model No.
MA MB MC
KR15-A 12.1 12.1 38
KR15-B 70.3 70.3 76
KR20-A 31 31 83

LM Guide Actuator
KR20-B 176 176 165
KR26-A 84 84 208
KR26-B 480 480 416
KR30H-A 166 166 428
KR30H-B 908 908 857
KR30H-C 44 44 214
KR30H-D 319 319 427
KR33-A 166 166 428
KR33-B 908 908 857
KR33-C 44 44 214
KR33-D 319 319 427
KR45H-A 486 486 925
KR45H-B 2,732 2,732 1,850
KR45H-C 130 130 463
KR45H-D 994 994 925
KR46-A 547 547 1,400
KR46-B 2,940 2,940 2,800
KR46-C 149 149 700
KR46-D 1,010 1,010 1,400
KR55-A 870 870 2,280
KR55-B 4,890 4,890 4,570
KR65-A 1,300 1,300 3,920
KR65-B 7,230 7,230 7,840

Note1) Symbols A, B, C, or D in the end of each model number indicate the inner block size and the number of inner blocks
used.
A: With a single long block
B: With double long blocks
C: With a single short block
D: With double short blocks
Note2) The values for models KR-B/D indicate the values when double inner blocks are used in close contact with each other.
Note3) Static permissible moment is the maximum moment that can be permitted while the product is stationary.

A
 515E

Maximum Speeds with Different Strokes

Table 5: Maximum Speed

Maximum speed (mm/s)
Stroke* (mm) Precision High Accuracy Normal Precision High Accuracy Normal
Ball screw Outer rail
Model No. grade grade grade grade grade grade
lead (mm) length (mm)
Long Short Long Short
block block block block
25 — 75 75 75 —
50 — 100 75 75 —
75 — 125 75 75 —
1
100 — 150 75 75 —
125 — 175 75 75 —
150 — 200 75 75 —
KR15
25 — 75 150 150 —
50 — 100 150 150 —
75 — 125 150 150 —
2
100 — 150 150 150 —
125 — 175 150 150 —
150 — 200 150 150 —
30 — 100 100 100 —
1 80 — 150 100 100 —
130 — 200 100 100 —
KR20
30 — 100 600 600 —
6 80 — 150 600 600 —
130 — 200 600 600 —
60 — 150 200 200 —
110 — 200 200 200 —
2
160 — 250 200 200 —
210 — 300 200 200 —
KR26
60 — 150 600 590 —
110 — 200 600 590 —
6
160 — 250 600 590 —
210 — 300 600 590 —
50 70 150 600 470 600 470
100 120 200 600 470 600 470
200 220 300 600 470 600 470
6
300 320 400 600 470 600 470
400 420 500 590 470 530 470
500 520 600 390 390 360 360
KR30H
50 70 150 1,000 790 1,000 790
100 120 200 1,000 790 1,000 790
200 220 300 1,000 790 1,000 790
10
300 320 400 1,000 790 1,000 790
400 420 500 980 790 880 790
500 520 600 650 650 600 600
50 75 150 600 470 600 470
100 125 200 600 470 600 470
200 225 300 600 470 600 470
6 300 325 400 600 470 600 470
400 425 500 590 470 530 470
500 525 600 390 390 360 360
600 625 700 280 280 260 260
KR33
50 75 150 1,000 790 1,000 790
100 125 200 1,000 790 1,000 790
200 225 300 1,000 790 1,000 790
10 300 325 400 1,000 790 1,000 790
400 425 500 980 790 880 790
500 525 600 650 650 600 600
600 625 700 470 470 430 430

A
 515E

KR

Maximum speed (mm/s)

Stroke* (mm) Precision High Accuracy Normal Precision High Accuracy Normal
Ball screw Outer rail
Model No. grade grade grade grade grade grade
lead (mm) length (mm)
Long Short Long Short
block block block block

LM Guide Actuator
200 230 340 740 520 740 520
300 330 440 740 520 740 520
400 430 540 740 520 740 520
10 500 530 640 740 520 740 520
600 630 740 730 520 640 520
700 730 840 550 520 490 490
800 830 940 430 430 380 380
KR45H
200 230 340 1,480 1,050 1,480 1,050
300 330 440 1,480 1,050 1,480 1,050
400 430 540 1,480 1,050 1,480 1,050
20 500 530 640 1,480 1,050 1,480 1,050
600 630 740 1,430 1,050 1,280 1,050
700 730 840 1,080 1,050 980 980
800 830 940 840 840 770 770
190 220 340 740 520 740 520
290 320 440 740 520 740 520
390 420 540 740 520 740 520
10 490 520 640 740 520 740 520
590 620 740 730 520 650 520
690 720 840 550 520 490 490
790 820 940 430 430 390 390
KR46
190 220 340 1,480 1,050 1,480 1,050
290 320 440 1,480 1,050 1,480 1,050
390 420 540 1,480 1,050 1,480 1,050
20 490 520 640 1,480 1,050 1,480 1,050
590 620 740 1,440 1,050 1,300 1,050
690 720 840 1,090 1,050 990 990
790 820 940 850 850 780 780
800 — 980 1,120 800 —
900 — 1,080 900 800 —
KR55 20 1,000 — 1,180 740 740 —
1,100 — 1,280 — 620 —
1,200 — 1,380 — 530 —
790 — 980 1,120 800 —
990 — 1,180 1,120 800 —
KR65 25
1,190 — 1,380 840 800 —
1,490 — 1,680 — 550 —
*Indicates stroke length with one inner block.
Note1) The maximum speed is restricted by the permissible rotation speed of the ball screw, the permissible speed of the
guide or 6,000 min-1 of motor speed.
Note2) If you are considering using this product at the maximum travel speed of Table 5 or faster, contact THK.

A
 515E

Lubrication
Table 6 shows standard greases used in Model KR and grease nipple types.
Table 6: Types of Standard Grease and Grease Nipples Used

Model No. Standard grease Grease nipple used

KR15 THK AFF Grease —
KR20 THK AFA Grease PB107
KR26 THK AFA Grease PB107
KR30H THK AFB-LF Grease PB107
KR33 THK AFB-LF Grease PB107
KR45H THK AFB-LF Grease A-M6F
KR46 THK AFB-LF Grease A-M6F
KR55 THK AFB-LF Grease A-M6F
KR65 THK AFB-LF Grease A-M6F

A
 515E

KR

Static Safety Factor

LM Guide Actuator Model KR consists of an LM Guide, a ball screw and a support bearing. The
static safety factor and the service life of each component can be obtained from the basic load rating
indicated in “Load Rating of Model KR” (see Table 3 on A ).

Calculating the Static Safety Factor

 LM Guide Unit
To calculate a load applied to the LM Guide of Model KR, the average load required for calculating

LM Guide Actuator
the service life and the maximum load needed for calculating the static safety factor must be ob-
tained first. In particular, if the system starts and stops frequently, or if a large moment caused by an
overhanging load is applied to the system, it may receive an unexpectedly large load.
When selecting a model number, make sure that the desired model is capable of receiving the re-
quired maximum load (whether stationary or in motion).

C0
fs =
Pmax
fS : Static safety factor
C0 : Basic static load rating (N)
Pmax : Maximum applied load (N)
*The basic static load rating is a static load with a constant direction and magnitude whereby the sum of the permanent de-
formation of the rolling elements and that of the raceway on the contact area under the maximum stress is 0.0001 times the
rolling element diameter.

 Ball Screw Unit and Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

If an unexpected external force is applied in the axial direction as a result of inertia caused by an im-
pact, start, or stop while Model KR is stationary or operating, it is necessary to take into account the
static safety factor.

C0a
fs =
Fmax
fS : Static safety factor
C0a : Basic static load rating (N)
Fmax : Maximum applied load (N)

Standard Values for the Static Safety Factor (fS)

Machine type Load conditions Minimum static safety factor (fS)

Without vibrations or impacts 1.0 to 3.5
General industrial machinery
With vibrations or impacts 2.0 to 5.0
*The standard value of the static safety factor may vary depending on the load conditions as well as environment, lubrication
status, mounting accuracy, and/or rigidity.

A
 515E

Service Life

LM Guide Unit
 Nominal Life
Calculating the Nominal Life
The nominal life (L10) of an LM Guide with balls is obtained from the following formula using the ba-
sic dynamic load rating (C) based on a reference distance of 50 km, and the calculated load acting
on the LM Guide (PC).
• LM Guide with balls (Using a basic dynamic load rating based on a nominal life of 50 km)

( )
3
C L10 : Nominal life (km)
L10 = 50 1 C : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
PC
PC : Calculated load (N)
*This nominal life formula may not apply if the length of the stroke is less than or equal to twice the length of the LM block.

When comparing the nominal life (L10), you must take into account whether the basic dynamic load
rating was defined based on 50 km or 100 km. Convert the basic dynamic load rating based on ISO
14728-1 as necessary.
ISO-regulated basic dynamic load rating conversion formula:
• LM Guide with balls
C50 C50 : Basic dynamic load rating based on a
C100 = nominal life of 50 km
1.26
C100 : Basic dynamic load rating based on a
nominal life of 100 km
Calculating the Modified Nominal Life
During use, an LM Guide may be subjected to vibrations and shocks as well as fluctuating loads,
which are difficult to detect. In addition, having LM blocks arranged directly behind one another will
have a decisive impact on the service life. Taking these factors into account, the modified nominal
life (L10m) can be calculated according to formula (2) below.
Modified factor 
fC  : Modified factor
α= fC : Contact factor (see Table 7 on A )
fW
fW : Load factor (see Table 8 on A )
Modified nominal life L10m
• LM Guide with balls

( )
3
C L10m : Modified nominal life (km)
L10m = α 50 2 C : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
PC
PC : Calculated load (N)

A
 515E

KR

● If a moment is applied to models KR-A/C or models KR-B/D using two inner blocks in close
contact with each other, calculate the equivalent load by multiplying the applied moment by the
equivalent factor indicated in Table 9 on A .

Pm = K•M
Pm : Equivalent load (per inner block) (N)
K : Equivalent moment factor (see Table 9 on A )
M : Applied moment (N·mm)

LM Guide Actuator
(If planning to use the product with a wide inner block span, contact THK.)

● If moment Mc is applied to Model KR-B/D

KC•MC
Pm =
2
● If a radial load (P) and a moment are simultaneously applied to Model KR
PE = P m + P
PE : Total equivalent radial load (N)
Perform a nominal life calculation using the above data.

 Service Life Time

When the nominal life (L10) has been obtained, the service life time is obtained using the following
equation (if the stroke length and the number of reciprocations per minute are constant).
6
L10 10
Lh =
2 • ℓS • n1 60
Lh : Service life time (h)
ℓS : Stroke length (mm)
n1 : Number of reciprocations per minute (min 1)

A
 515E

Ball Screw Unit and Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

 Nominal Life
Calculating the Nominal Life
The nominal life (L10) of an LM System is obtained from the following formula using the basic dynam-
ic load rating (C) and the load acting on the ball screw in the axial direction (Fa).

( )
3
Ca L10 : Nominal life (rev.)
L10 = 106 1 Ca : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
Fa
Fa : Axial load (N)
Calculating the Modified Nominal Life
During use, a ball screw may be subjected to vibrations and shocks as well as fluctuating loads,
which are difficult to detect. Taking these factors into account, the modified nominal life (L10m) can be
calculated according to the formula (2) below.
● Modified factor 
1  : Modified factor
α= fW : Load factor (see Table 8 on A )
fW
● Modified nominal life L10m

( )
3
Ca L10m : Modified nominal life (rev.)
L10m = α 106 2  : Modified factor
Fa
Ca : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
Fa : Axial load (N)
 Service Life Time
When the nominal life (L10) has been obtained, the service life time is obtained using the following
equation (if the stroke length and the number of reciprocations per minute are constant).

L 10• ℓ
Lh =
2 • ℓ S • n1 60
Lh : Service life time (h)
ℓS : Stroke length (mm)
n1 : Number of reciprocations per minute (min 1)
ℓ : Ball screw lead (mm)

A
 515E

KR

fC: Contact Factor

If two inner blocks are used in close contact Table 7: Contact Factor (fC)
with each other with models KR-B/D, multiply Inner block types Contact factor fC
the basic load rating by the corresponding con- Model KR-B
0.81
tact factor indicated in Table 7. Model KR-D

fW: Load Factor

LM Guide Actuator
Table 8 shows load factors. Table 8: Load Factor (fW)

Vibrations/impacts Speed(V) fW
Very low
Faint 1 to 1.2
V 0.25 m/s
Slow
Weak 1.2 to 1.5
0.25 < V 1 m/s
Medium
Medium 1.5 to 2
1<V 2 m/s
High
Strong 2 to 3.5
V > 2 m/s

K: Moment Equivalent Factor (LM Guide Unit)

When Model KR travels under a moment, the Table 9: Equivalent Moment Factor (K)
distribution of load applied to the LM Guide is Model No. KA KB KC
locally large (see A ). In such cas- KR15-A 3.2 10–1 3.2 10–1 9.09 10–2
es, calculate the load by multiplying the moment KR15-B 5.96 10–2 5.96 10–2 9.09 10–2
value by the corresponding moment equivalent KR20-A 2.4 10–1 2.4 10–1 7.69 10–2
factor indicated in Table 9. KR20-B 4.26 10–2 4.26 10–2 7.69 10–2
Symbols KA, KB, and KC indicate the moment KR26-A 1.73 10–1 1.73 10–1 5.88 10–2
KR26-B 3.06 10–2 3.06 10–2 5.88 10–2
equivalent loads in the MA, MB, and MC direc-
KR30H-A 1.51 10–1 1.51 10–1 4.78 10–2
tions, respectively.
KR30H-B 2.76 10–2 2.76 10–2 4.78 10–2
KR30H-C 2.77 10–1 2.77 10–1 4.78 10–2
KR30H-D 3.99 10–2 3.99 10–2 4.78 10–2
KR33-A 1.51 10–1 1.51 10–1 4.93 10–2
KR33-B 2.57 10–2 2.57 10–2 4.93 10–2
KR33-C 2.77 10–1 2.77 10–1 4.93 10–2
KR33-D 3.55 10–2 3.55 10–2 4.93 10–2
KR45H-A 9.83 10–2 9.83 10–2 3.45 10–2
KR45H-B 1.87 10–2 1.87 10–2 3.45 10–2
KR45H-C 1.83 10–1 1.83 10–1 3.45 10–2
KR45H-D 2.81 10–2 2.81 10–2 3.45 10–2
KR46-A 1.01 10–1 1.01 10–1 3.38 10–2
KR46-B 1.78 10–2 1.78 10–2 3.38 10–2
KR46-C 1.85 10–1 1.85 10–1 3.38 10–2
KR46-D 2.5 10–2 2.5 10–2 3.38 10–2
KR55-A 8.63 10–2 8.63 10–2 2.83 10–2
KR55-B 1.53 10–2 1.53 10–2 2.83 10–2
KR65-A 7.55 10–2 7.55 10–2 2.14 10–2
KR65-B 1.35 10–2 1.35 10–2 2.14 10–2

Note: The values for models KR-B/D indicate the values

when double inner blocks are used in close contact
with each other.

A
 515E

Accuracy Standards
The accuracy standards of Model KR are defined in terms of positioning repeatability, positioning
accuracy, running parallelism (vertical direction) and backlash.

Positioning Repeatability
t1
Command the position to a given arbitrary point.
Measure the position and repeat seven times
from the same direction. Record the difference t2
between the largest and smallest values. Con-
duct the same test at three points: the middle of t3
the stroke, and at both the approximate maxi-
mum and minimum positions of travel. Express
the maximum difference value of the three mea- Fig. 6: Positioning Repeatability
surements divided by 2 with a “” symbol.

Positioning Accuracy
Using the maximum stroke as the reference A
length, express the maximum error between (Error)
the actual distance traveled from the reference A Command value
Reference point

0
point and the command value in an absolute A Travel distance
value as positioning accuracy.
A=Actual distance traveled - travel distance of
the command value

Fig. 7: Positioning Accuracy

Running Parallelism (Vertical Direction)

Place a straightedge on the surface table where Straightedge
Model KR is mounted, measure most of the
travel distance of the inner block using a test
indicator. Use the maximum difference among
the readings within the travel distance as the
running parallelism measurement.

Fig. 8: Running Parallelism

Backlash
Feed and slightly move the inner block and read Return
Backlash
the measurement on the test indicator as the
reference value. Subsequently, apply a load to Feed screw feed
the inner block from the same direction (table Load displacement
feed direction), and then release the inner block Load
(including elastic displacement)
from the load. Use the difference between the
reference value and the return as the backlash
measurement.
Perform this measurement in the center and Fig. 9: Backlash
near both ends, and use the maximum value as
the measurement value.

A
 515E

KR

The accuracies of Model KR are classified into Normal grade (no symbol), High Accuracy grade (H)
and Precision grade (P). Tables below show standards for all the accuracies.
Table 10: Normal Grade (No Symbol) Unit: mm
Running
Outer rail Positioning Positioning Starting torque
Model No. Stroke* parallelism Backlash
length repeatability accuracy (N·cm)
(vertical direction)
30 100
No standard No standard
KR20 80 150 0.01 0.02 0.5
defined defined
130 200

LM Guide Actuator
60 150
110 200 No standard No standard
KR26 0.01 0.02 1.5
160 250 defined defined
210 300
50 150
100 200
200 300 No standard No standard
KR30H 0.01 0.02 7
300 400 defined defined
400 500
500 600
50 150
100 200
200 300
No standard No standard
KR33 300 400 0.01 0.02 7
defined defined
400 500
500 600
600 700
200 340
300 440
400 540
No standard No standard
KR45H 500 640 0.01 0.02 10
defined defined
600 740
700 840
800 940
190 340
290 440
390 540
No standard No standard
KR46 490 640 0.01 0.02 10
defined defined
590 740
690 840
790 940
800 980
900 1,080
No standard No standard
KR55 1,000 1,180 0.01 0.05 12
defined defined
1,100 1,280
1,200 1,380
790 980
990 1,180 0.01 No standard No standard 12
KR65 0.05
1,190 1,380 defined defined
1,490 1,680 0.012 15
*Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.
Note1) The evaluation method complies with THK standards.
Note2) Measurements are taken while using a motor provided by THK. For motor-wrap configuration, these values may not
apply.
Note3) The starting torque refers to the values when the below greases are used.
Models KR20, KR26: THK AFA Grease
Models KR30H, KR33, KR45H, KR46, KR55, KR65: THK AFB-LF Grease
Note4) If highly viscous grease such as vacuum grease or clean room grease is used, the actual starting torque may exceed
the corresponding value in the table. Use caution in selecting a motor.
Note5) Contact THK for accuracy information of units longer than the standard length.
Note6) Model KR15 is available in High Accuracy grade (H) and Precision grade (P) only.

A
 515E

Table 11: High Accuracy Grade (H) Unit: mm

Running
Outer rail Positioning Positioning Starting torque
Model No. Stroke* parallelism Backlash
length repeatability accuracy (N·cm)
(vertical direction)
25 75
50 100
75 125
KR15 0.004 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.4
100 150
125 175
150 200
30 100
KR20 80 150 0.005 0.06 0.025 0.01 0.5
130 200
60 150
110 200
KR26 0.005 0.06 0.025 0.01 1.5
160 250
210 300
50 150
100 200
0.06 0.025
200 300
KR30H 0.005 0.02 7
300 400
400 500
0.10 0.035
500 600
50 150
100 200
0.06 0.025
200 300
KR33 300 400 0.005 0.02 7
400 500
0.10
500 600 0.035
600 700 0.14
200 340
300 440
0.10 0.035
400 540
KR45H 500 640 0.005 0.02 10
600 740 0.12 0.04
700 840
0.15 0.05
800 940
190 340
290 440
0.10 0.035
390 540
KR46 490 640 0.005 0.02 10
590 740 0.12 0.04
690 840
0.15 0.05
790 940
800 980
0.18
900 1,080
KR55 1,000 1,180 0.005 0.05 0.05 12
1,100 1,280 0.25
1,200 1,380
790 980 0.18
990 1,180 0.05 12
KR65 0.008 0.20 0.05
1,190 1,380
1,490 1,680 0.28 0.055 15
*Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.
Note1) The evaluation method for accuracy standards complies with THK standards.
Note2) Measurements are taken while using a motor provided by THK. For motor-wrap configurations, these values may not apply.
Note3) The starting torque refers to the values when the below greases are used.
KR15: THK AFF Grease
Models KR20, KR26: THK AFA Grease
Models KR30H, KR33, KR45H, KR46, KR55, KR65: THK AFB-LF Grease
Note4) If highly viscous grease such as vacuum grease or clean room grease is used, the actual starting torque may
exceed the corresponding value in the table. Use caution in selecting a motor.
Note5) Contact THK for accuracy information of units longer than the standard length.

A
 515E

KR

Table 12: Precision Grade (P) Unit: mm

Running
Outer rail Positioning Positioning Starting torque
Model No. Stroke* parallelism Backlash
length repeatability accuracy (N·cm)
(vertical direction)
25 75
50 100
75 125
KR15 0.003 0.02 0.01 0.002 0.8
100 150
125 175
150 200
30 100

LM Guide Actuator
KR20 80 150 0.003 0.02 0.01 0.003 1.2
130 200
60 150
110 200
KR26 0.003 0.02 0.01 0.003 4
160 250
210 300
50 150
100 200
0.02 0.01
200 300
KR30H 0.003 0.003 15
300 400
400 500
0.025 0.015
500 600
50 150
100 200
0.02 0.01
200 300
KR33 300 400 0.003 0.003 15
400 500
0.025
500 600 0.015
600 700 0.03
200 340
300 440 15
0.025 0.015
400 540 0.003
KR45H 500 640 0.003
600 740 0.03 0.02
17
700 840

 0.005 0.035 0.025
800 940
190 340
290 440 15
0.025 0.015
390 540 0.003
KR46 490 640 0.003
590 740 0.03 0.02
17
690 840
0.005 0.035 0.025
790 940
800 980
0.035 0.025 17
KR55 900 1,080 0.005 0.003
1,000 1,180 0.04 0.03 20
790 980
0.035 0.025 20
KR65 990 1,180 0.005 0.005
1,190 1,380 0.04 0.03 22
*Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.
Note1) The evaluation method complies with THK standards.
Note2) Measurements are taken while using a motor provided by THK. For motor-wrap configuration, these values may not
apply.
Note3) The starting torque refers to the values when the below greases are used.
KR15: THK AFF Grease
Models KR20, KR26: THK AFA Grease
Models KR30H, KR33, KR45H, KR46, KR55, KR65: THK AFB-LF Grease
Note4) If highly viscous grease such as vacuum grease or clean room grease is used, the actual starting torque may exceed
the corresponding value in the table. Use caution in selecting a motor.
Note5) Contact THK for accuracy information of units longer than the standard length.

A
 515E

Model Number Coding

Ball screw
Model No. Inner block type QZ specification Stroke Accuracy grade
lead

KR33 10 A QZ - 0275 - P

KR15 01: 1 mm A No symbol : No QZ 0020: 20 mm No symbol: Normal grade

KR20 02: 2 mm B QZ 0025: 25 mm H: High Accuracy grade
KR26 06: 6 mm C QZA to P: Precision grade
KR30H 10: 10 mm D QZB 1490: 1,490 mm
KR33 20: 20 mm QZAD
KR45H 25: 25 mm
KR46
KR55
KR65 QZ specification can be selected If QZ, QZA, QZB, or QZAD is selected for
on the following models. QZ specification , specify a stroke
KR33 ( A ) incorporating QZ. ( A )
KR46 ( A ) If "2: with a bellows" has been selected for
KR55 ( A ) Cover , specify a stroke incorporating
KR65 ( A ) the bellows. ( A )
*It cannot be selected for KR15,
KR20, KR26, KR30H, and KR45H.

The available ball screw leads differ depending on the model.

KR15: "01," "02"
KR20: "01," "06"
KR26: "02," "06"
KR30H: "06," "10"
KR33: "06," "10"
KR45H: "10," "20"
KR46: "10," "20"
KR55: "20"
KR65: "25"

A
 515E

KR

Housing A/
With/without a motor Cover Sensor
Intermediate flange

0 - 1 B AQ

LM Guide Actuator
With direct coupling 0: Without cover 0: None With direct coupling With motor wrap
0: Direct coupling (without motor) 1: With cover 1 A0 WN-05D
1: Direct coupling 2: With bellows 2 AN WP-08D
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) 6 AP WP-08K
With motor wrap 7 AQ WP-08M
R1: Non-standard side wrap (without motor) B AR WQ-08D
R2: Standard side wrap (without motor) E AS WQ-08K
R3: Bottom side wrap (without motor) H AT WQ-08M
R4: Non-standard side wrap L AU WV-14M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) J AV WY-11M
R5: Standard side wrap M AY WY-14M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) AZ WZ-16M
R6: Bottom side wrap A5 WZ-19M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) If QZ specification "QZ," A6 W5-19M
"QZA," "QZB," or "QZAD" is 10
selected, "2: With bellows" 20
cannot be selected. 30
40
60

If "0" is selected:
No coupling will be attached. Please specify if a coupling is required when ordering.

If "R1," "R2," or "R3" is selected:

A timing pulley and timing belt will be included.

If "1," "R4," "R5," or "R6" is selected:

The designated motor will be mounted. Please specify the motor cable direction separately.
Please select an option for Housing A/intermediate flange that matches the specified motor.

This product is compatible with motors from various manufacturers. Contact THK for details.

Motor wrap direction

With motor wrap
Symbol "R2" or "R5" Symbol "R1" or "R4"
Standard side (left wrap) Non-standard side wrap

B
Symbol "R3" or "R6"
Bottom side wrap
Motor wrap direction (from side B)

A
 LM Guide Actuator Model KR

515E

KR15 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR15 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR15 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 64.6 mm (total) for a KR15 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
25 (31.4) — 75 129 50 12.5 2 0.2 —
50 (56.4) — 100 154 50 25 2 0.23 —
75 (81.4) 40 (48.4) 125 179 100 12.5 3 0.26 0.3
100 (106.4) 65 (73.4) 150 204 100 25 3 0.29 0.33
125 (131.4) 90 (98.4) 175 229 150 12.5 4 0.32 0.36
150 (156.4) 115 (123.4) 200 254 150 25 4 0.35 0.39
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR15 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR15 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR15 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 64.6 mm (total) for a KR15 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
25 (31.4) — 75 129 50 12.5 2 0.25 —
50 (56.4) — 100 154 50 25 2 0.28 —
75 (81.4) 40 (48.4) 125 179 100 12.5 3 0.32 0.39
100 (106.4) 65 (73.4) 150 204 100 25 3 0.35 0.42
125 (131.4) 90 (98.4) 175 229 150 12.5 4 0.38 0.45
150 (156.4) 115 (123.4) 200 254 150 25 4 0.41 0.48
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR15 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR15 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR15 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 64.6 mm (total) for a KR15 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
25 (31.4) — 75 119.8 50 12.5 2 0.38 —
50 (56.4) — 100 144.8 50 25 2 0.41 —
75 (81.4) 40 (48.4) 125 169.8 100 12.5 3 0.44 0.48
100 (106.4) 65 (73.4) 150 194.8 100 25 3 0.47 0.51
125 (131.4) 90 (98.4) 175 219.8 150 12.5 4 0.5 0.54
150 (156.4) 115 (123.4) 200 244.8 150 25 4 0.53 0.57
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR15 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR15 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR15 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 64.6 mm (total) for a KR15 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
25 (31.4) — 75 119.8 50 12.5 2 0.43 —
50 (56.4) — 100 144.8 50 25 2 0.46 —
75 (81.4) 40 (48.4) 125 169.8 100 12.5 3 0.49 0.56
100 (106.4) 65 (73.4) 150 194.8 100 25 3 0.53 0.6
125 (131.4) 90 (98.4) 175 219.8 150 12.5 4 0.56 0.63
150 (156.4) 115 (123.4) 200 244.8 150 25 4 0.59 0.66
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR20 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR20 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR20 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 90 mm (total) for a KR20 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
30 (41.5) — 100 159 60 20 2 0.48 —
80 (91.5) 35 (45.5) 150 209 120 15 3 0.61 0.69
130 (141.5) 85 (95.5) 200 259 120 40 3 0.75 0.83
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR20 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR20 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR20 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
30 (41.5) — 100 159 60 20 2 0.56 —
80 (91.5) 35 (45.5) 150 209 120 15 3 0.71 0.84
130 (141.5) 85 (95.5) 200 259 120 40 3 0.85 0.98
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR20 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR20 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR20 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 90 mm (total) for a KR20 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).
*3 Dimensions will vary if “WN” is selected for model number coding Housing A/intermediate flange.
For details, see A .

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
30 (41.5) — 100 149.8 60 20 2 0.73 —
80 (91.5) 35 (45.5) 150 199.8 120 15 3 0.87 0.95
130 (141.5) 85 (95.5) 200 249.8 120 40 3 1.01 1.09
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR20 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR20 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR20 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 Dimensions will vary if “WN” is selected for model number coding Housing A/intermediate flange.
For details, see A .

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
30 (41.5) — 100 149.8 60 20 2 0.82 —
80 (91.5) 35 (45.5) 150 199.8 120 15 3 0.96 1.09
130 (141.5) 85 (95.5) 200 249.8 120 40 3 1.11 1.24
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR26 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR26 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR26 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 126 mm (total) for a KR26 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
60 (69) — 150 220 80 35 2 1.04 —
110 (119) 45 (55) 200 270 160 20 3 1.25 1.44
160 (169) 95 (105) 250 320 160 45 3 1.46 1.65
210 (219) 145 (155) 300 370 240 30 4 1.67 1.86
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR26 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR26 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR26 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
60 (69) — 150 220 80 35 2 1.2 —
110 (119) 45 (55) 200 270 160 20 3 1.42 1.7
160 (169) 95 (105) 250 320 160 45 3 1.65 1.93
210 (219) 145 (155) 300 370 240 30 4 1.87 2.15
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR26 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR26 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR26 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 126 mm (total) for a KR26 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).
*3 Dimensions will vary if “WN” is selected for model number coding Housing A/intermediate flange.
For details, see A .

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
60 (69) — 150 201.8 80 35 2 1.26 —
110 (119) 45 (55) 200 251.8 160 20 3 1.47 1.66
160 (169) 95 (105) 250 301.8 160 45 3 1.69 1.88
210 (219) 145 (155) 300 351.8 240 30 4 1.9 2.09
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR26 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR26 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR26 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 Dimensions will vary if “WN” is selected for model number coding Housing A/intermediate flange.
For details, see A .

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G
n
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
60 (69) — 150 201.8 80 35 2 1.43 —
110 (119) 45 (55) 200 251.8 160 20 3 1.65 1.93
160 (169) 95 (105) 250 301.8 160 45 3 1.87 2.15
210 (219) 145 (155) 300 351.8 240 30 4 2.1 2.38
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR30H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR30H A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR30H B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 146.6 mm (total) for a KR30H with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
50 (58.8) — 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.6 —
100 (108.8) — 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 1.9 —
200 (208.8) 120 (134.4) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 2.5 2.9
300 (308.8) 220 (234.4) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3 3.4
400 (408.8) 320 (334.4) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 3.6 4
500 (508.8) 420 (434.4) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 4.2 4.6
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR30H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR30H A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR30H B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
50 (58.8) — 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.9 —
100 (108.8) — 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.2 —
200 (208.8) 120 (134.4) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 2.8 3.4
300 (308.8) 220 (234.4) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.4 4
400 (408.8) 320 (334.4) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4 4.6
500 (508.8) 420 (434.4) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 4.6 5.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR30H Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR30H A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR30H B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 146.6 mm (total) for a KR30H with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
50 (58.8) — 150 210 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.9 —
100 (108.8) — 200 260 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.2 —
200 (208.8) 120 (134.4) 300 360 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 2.8 3.2
300 (308.8) 220 (234.4) 400 460 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.4 3.8
400 (408.8) 320 (334.4) 500 560 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 3.9 4.3
500 (508.8) 420 (434.4) 600 660 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 4.5 4.9
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR30H With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR30H A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR30H B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
50 (58.8) — 150 210 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2.2 —
100 (108.8) — 200 260 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.5 —
200 (208.8) 120 (134.4) 300 360 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.1 3.7
300 (308.8) 220 (234.4) 400 460 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.7 4.3
400 (408.8) 320 (334.4) 500 560 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.4 5
500 (508.8) 420 (434.4) 600 660 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5 5.6
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR30H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR30H C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR30H D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the short block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 95.6 mm (total) for a KR30H with two short blocks in close contact with each other (Type D).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
70 (84.3) 20 (35.4) 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.4 1.6
120 (134.3) 70 (85.4) 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 1.7 1.9
220 (234.3) 170 (185.4) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 2.3 2.5
320 (334.3) 270 (285.4) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 2.8 3
420 (434.3) 370 (385.4) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 3.4 3.6
520 (534.3) 470 (485.4) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 4 4.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR30H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR30H C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR30H D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
70 (84.3) 20 (35.4) 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.6 1.9
120 (134.3) 70 (85.4) 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 1.9 2.2
220 (234.3) 170 (185.4) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 2.5 2.8
320 (334.3) 270 (285.4) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.1 3.4
420 (434.3) 370 (385.4) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 3.7 4
520 (534.3) 470 (485.4) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 4.3 4.6
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR30H Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR30H C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR30H D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the short block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 95.6 mm (total) for a KR30H with two short blocks in close contact with each other (Type D).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
70 (84.3) 20 (35.4) 150 210 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.7 1.9
120 (134.3) 70 (85.4) 200 260 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2 2.2
220 (234.3) 170 (185.4) 300 360 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 2.6 2.8
320 (334.3) 270 (285.4) 400 460 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.2 3.4
420 (434.3) 370 (385.4) 500 560 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 3.7 3.9
520 (534.3) 470 (485.4) 600 660 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 4.3 4.5
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR30H With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR30H C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR30H D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
70 (84.3) 20 (35.4) 150 210 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.9 2.2
120 (134.3) 70 (85.4) 200 260 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.2 2.5
220 (234.3) 170 (185.4) 300 360 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 2.8 3.1
320 (334.3) 270 (285.4) 400 460 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.4 3.7
420 (434.3) 370 (385.4) 500 560 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.1 4.4
520 (534.3) 470 (485.4) 600 660 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 4.7 5
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR33 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR33 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 148 mm (total) for a KR33 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B, without QZ).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
50 (61.5) — 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.9 —
100 (111.5) — 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.2 —
200 (211.5) 125 (135.5) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3 3.4
300 (311.5) 225 (235.5) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.7 4.1
400 (411.5) 325 (335.5) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.4 4.8
500 (511.5) 425 (435.5) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.2 5.6
600 (611.5) 525 (535.5) 700 770 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 5.9 6.3
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR33 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR33 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
50 (61.5) — 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2.2 —
100 (111.5) — 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.6 —
200 (211.5) 125 (135.5) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.3 3.9
300 (311.5) 225 (235.5) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 4.1 4.7
400 (411.5) 325 (335.5) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.9 5.5
500 (511.5) 425 (435.5) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.6 6.2
600 (611.5) 525 (535.5) 700 770 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.4 7
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.
Note) It must be noted that the cover-mounting bolt is 0.2 mm higher than the top face of the sub-table.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR33 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR33 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 148 mm (total) for a KR33 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B, without QZ).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
50 (61.5) — 150 210 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2.2 —
100 (111.5) — 200 260 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.6 —
200 (211.5) 125 (135.5) 300 360 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.3 3.7
300 (311.5) 225 (235.5) 400 460 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 4 4.4
400 (411.5) 325 (335.5) 500 560 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.7 5.1
500 (511.5) 425 (435.5) 600 660 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.5 5.9
600 (611.5) 525 (535.5) 700 760 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.2 6.6
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR33 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR33 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
50 (61.5) — 150 210 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2.5 —
100 (111.5) — 200 260 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.9 —
200 (211.5) 125 (135.5) 300 360 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.6 4.2
300 (311.5) 225 (235.5) 400 460 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 4.4 5
400 (411.5) 325 (335.5) 500 560 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 5.2 5.8
500 (511.5) 425 (435.5) 600 660 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.9 6.5
600 (611.5) 525 (535.5) 700 760 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.7 7.3
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.
Note) It must be noted that the cover-mounting bolt is 0.2 mm higher than the top face of the sub-table.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR33 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR33 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the short block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 97.2 mm (total) for a KR33 with two short blocks in close contact with each other (Type D, without QZ).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
75 (87) 25 (36.5) 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.7 1.9
125 (137) 75 (86.5) 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2 2.2
225 (237) 175 (186.5) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 2.8 3
325 (337) 275 (286.5) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.5 3.7
425 (437) 375 (386.5) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.2 4.4
525 (537) 475 (486.5) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5 5.2
625 (637) 575 (586.5) 700 770 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 5.7 5.9
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR33 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR33 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
75 (87) 25 (36.5) 150 220 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 1.9 2.2
125 (137) 75 (86.5) 200 270 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.3 2.6
225 (237) 175 (186.5) 300 370 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3 3.3
325 (337) 275 (286.5) 400 470 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.8 4.1
425 (437) 375 (386.5) 500 570 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.6 4.9
525 (537) 475 (486.5) 600 670 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.3 5.6
625 (637) 575 (586.5) 700 770 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.1 6.4
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.
Note) It must be noted that the cover-mounting bolt is 0.2 mm higher than the top face of the sub-table.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR33 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR33 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the short block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 97.2 mm (total) for a KR33 with two short blocks in close contact with each other (Type D, without QZ).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
75 (87) 25 (36.5) 150 210 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2 2.2
125 (137) 75 (86.5) 200 260 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.4 2.6
225 (237) 175 (186.5) 300 360 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.1 3.3
325 (337) 275 (286.5) 400 460 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 3.8 4
425 (437) 375 (386.5) 500 560 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.5 4.7
525 (537) 475 (486.5) 600 660 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.3 5.5
625 (637) 575 (586.5) 700 760 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6 6.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR33 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR33 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G P F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
75 (87) 25 (36.5) 150 210 100 25 100 100 25 2 2 2.2 2.5
125 (137) 75 (86.5) 200 260 100 50 100 100 50 2 2 2.6 2.9
225 (237) 175 (186.5) 300 360 200 50 200 200 50 3 2 3.3 3.6
325 (337) 275 (286.5) 400 460 300 50 200 200 100 4 2 4.1 4.4
425 (437) 375 (386.5) 500 560 400 50 200 400 50 5 3 4.9 5.2
525 (537) 475 (486.5) 600 660 500 50 200 400 100 6 3 5.6 5.9
625 (637) 575 (586.5) 700 760 600 50 200 600 50 7 4 6.4 6.7
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.
Note) It must be noted that the cover-mounting bolt is 0.2 mm higher than the top face of the sub-table.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR45H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR45H A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR45H B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 213.6 mm (total) for a KR45H with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
200 (213) 90 (105) 340 440 200 200 70 3 2 5.4 6.4
300 (313) 190 (205) 440 540 300 400 20 4 3 6.5 7.5
400 (413) 290 (305) 540 640 400 400 70 5 3 7.5 8.5
500 (513) 390 (405) 640 740 500 600 20 6 4 8.6 9.6
600 (613) 490 (505) 740 840 600 600 70 7 4 9.7 10.7
700 (713) 590 (605) 840 940 700 800 20 8 5 10.7 11.7
800 (813) 690 (705) 940 1,040 800 800 70 9 5 11.8 12.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR45H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR45H A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR45H B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
200 (213) 90 (105) 340 440 200 200 70 3 2 6.4 7.8
300 (313) 190 (205) 440 540 300 400 20 4 3 7.6 9
400 (413) 290 (305) 540 640 400 400 70 5 3 8.7 10.1
500 (513) 390 (405) 640 740 500 600 20 6 4 9.9 11.3
600 (613) 490 (505) 740 840 600 600 70 7 4 11 12.4
700 (713) 590 (605) 840 940 700 800 20 8 5 12.2 13.6
800 (813) 690 (705) 940 1,040 800 800 70 9 5 13.3 14.7
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR45H Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR45H A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR45H B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 213.6 mm (total) for a KR45H with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
200 (213) 90 (105) 340 416 200 200 70 3 2 6.4 7.4
300 (313) 190 (205) 440 516 300 400 20 4 3 7.4 8.4
400 (413) 290 (305) 540 616 400 400 70 5 3 8.5 9.5
500 (513) 390 (405) 640 716 500 600 20 6 4 9.5 10.5
600 (613) 490 (505) 740 816 600 600 70 7 4 10.6 11.6
700 (713) 590 (605) 840 916 700 800 20 8 5 11.7 12.7
800 (813) 690 (705) 940 1,016 800 800 70 9 5 12.7 13.7
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR45H With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR45H A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR45H B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
200 (213) 90 (105) 340 416 200 200 70 3 2 7.4 8.8
300 (313) 190 (205) 440 516 300 400 20 4 3 8.5 9.9
400 (413) 290 (305) 540 616 400 400 70 5 3 9.7 11.1
500 (513) 390 (405) 640 716 500 600 20 6 4 10.8 12.2
600 (613) 490 (505) 740 816 600 600 70 7 4 12 13.4
700 (713) 590 (605) 840 916 700 800 20 8 5 13.1 14.5
800 (813) 690 (705) 940 1,016 800 800 70 9 5 14.2 15.6
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR45H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR45H C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR45H D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the short block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 138.6 mm (total) for a KR45H with two short blocks in close contact with each other (Type D).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
230 (250.5) 160 (180) 340 440 200 200 70 3 2 5 5.6
330 (350.5) 260 (280) 440 540 300 400 20 4 3 6.1 6.7
430 (450.5) 360 (380) 540 640 400 400 70 5 3 7.1 7.7
530 (550.5) 460 (480) 640 740 500 600 20 6 4 8.2 8.8
630 (650.5) 560 (580) 740 840 600 600 70 7 4 9.3 9.9
730 (750.5) 660 (680) 840 940 700 800 20 8 5 10.3 10.9
830 (850.5) 760 (780) 940 1,040 800 800 70 9 5 11.4 12
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR45H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR45H C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR45H D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
230 (250.5) 160 (180) 340 440 200 200 70 3 2 5.8 6.6
330 (350.5) 260 (280) 440 540 300 400 20 4 3 7 7.8
430 (450.5) 360 (380) 540 640 400 400 70 5 3 8.1 8.9
530 (550.5) 460 (480) 640 740 500 600 20 6 4 9.3 10.1
630 (650.5) 560 (580) 740 840 600 600 70 7 4 10.4 11.2
730 (750.5) 660 (680) 840 940 700 800 20 8 5 11.6 12.4
830 (850.5) 760 (780) 940 1,040 800 800 70 9 5 12.7 13.5
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR45H Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR45H C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR45H D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the short block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 138.6 mm (total) for a KR45H with two short blocks in close contact with each other (Type D).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
230 (250.5) 160 (180) 340 416 200 200 70 3 2 6 6.6
330 (350.5) 260 (280) 440 516 300 400 20 4 3 7 7.6
430 (450.5) 360 (380) 540 616 400 400 70 5 3 8.1 8.7
530 (550.5) 460 (480) 640 716 500 600 20 6 4 9.1 9.7
630 (650.5) 560 (580) 740 816 600 600 70 7 4 10.2 10.8
730 (750.5) 660 (680) 840 916 700 800 20 8 5 11.3 11.9
830 (850.5) 760 (780) 940 1,016 800 800 70 9 5 12.3 12.9
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR45H With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR45H C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR45H D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
230 (250.5) 160 (180) 340 416 200 200 70 3 2 6.8 7.6
330 (350.5) 260 (280) 440 516 300 400 20 4 3 7.9 8.7
430 (450.5) 360 (380) 540 616 400 400 70 5 3 9.1 9.9
530 (550.5) 460 (480) 640 716 500 600 20 6 4 10.2 11
630 (650.5) 560 (580) 740 816 600 600 70 7 4 11.4 12.2
730 (750.5) 660 (680) 840 916 700 800 20 8 5 12.5 13.3
830 (850.5) 760 (780) 940 1,016 800 800 70 9 5 13.6 14.4
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR46 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR46 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 216 mm (total) for a KR46 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B, without QZ).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
190 (208) 80 (98) 340 440.5 200 200 70 3 2 6.6 7.6
290 (308) 180 (198) 440 540.5 300 400 20 4 3 8 9
390 (408) 280 (298) 540 640.5 400 400 70 5 3 9.4 10.4
490 (508) 380 (398) 640 740.5 500 600 20 6 4 10.8 11.8
590 (608) 480 (498) 740 840.5 600 600 70 7 4 12.2 13.2
690 (708) 580 (598) 840 940.5 700 800 20 8 5 13.6 14.6
790 (808) 680 (698) 940 1,040.5 800 800 70 9 5 15 16
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR46 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR46 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
190 (208) 80 (98) 340 440.5 200 200 70 3 2 7.5 8.9
290 (308) 180 (198) 440 540.5 300 400 20 4 3 9 10.4
390 (408) 280 (298) 540 640.5 400 400 70 5 3 10.5 11.9
490 (508) 380 (398) 640 740.5 500 600 20 6 4 12 13.4
590 (608) 480 (498) 740 840.5 600 600 70 7 4 13.5 14.9
690 (708) 580 (598) 840 940.5 700 800 20 8 5 14.9 16.3
790 (808) 680 (698) 940 1,040.5 800 800 70 9 5 16.4 17.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR46 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR46 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 216 mm (total) for a KR46 with two blocks in close contact with each other (Type B, without QZ).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
190 (208) 80 (98) 340 417 200 200 70 3 2 7.6 8.6
290 (308) 180 (198) 440 517 300 400 20 4 3 9 10
390 (408) 280 (298) 540 617 400 400 70 5 3 10.4 11.4
490 (508) 380 (398) 640 717 500 600 20 6 4 11.8 12.8
590 (608) 480 (498) 740 817 600 600 70 7 4 13.2 14.2
690 (708) 580 (598) 840 917 700 800 20 8 5 14.6 15.6
790 (808) 680 (698) 940 1,017 800 800 70 9 5 16 17
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR46 A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR46 B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
190 (208) 80 (98) 340 417 200 200 70 3 2 8.6 10
290 (308) 180 (198) 440 517 300 400 20 4 3 10 11.4
390 (408) 280 (298) 540 617 400 400 70 5 3 11.5 12.9
490 (508) 380 (398) 640 717 500 600 20 6 4 13 14.4
590 (608) 480 (498) 740 817 600 600 70 7 4 14.5 15.9
690 (708) 580 (598) 840 917 700 800 20 8 5 16 17.4
790 (808) 680 (698) 940 1,017 800 800 70 9 5 17.4 18.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR46 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR46 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the short block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 141 mm (total) for a KR46 with two short blocks in close contact with each other (Type D, without QZ).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
220 (245.5) 150 (173) 340 440.5 200 200 70 3 2 6.2 6.8
320 (345.5) 250 (273) 440 540.5 300 400 20 4 3 7.6 8.2
420 (445.5) 350 (373) 540 640.5 400 400 70 5 3 9 9.6
520 (545.5) 450 (473) 640 740.5 500 600 20 6 4 10.4 11
620 (645.5) 550 (573) 740 840.5 600 600 70 7 4 11.8 12.4
720 (745.5) 650 (673) 840 940.5 700 800 20 8 5 13.2 13.8
820 (845.5) 750 (773) 940 1,040.5 800 800 70 9 5 14.6 15.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR46 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR46 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
220 (245.5) 150 (173) 340 440.5 200 200 70 3 2 6.9 7.7
320 (345.5) 250 (273) 440 540.5 300 400 20 4 3 8.4 9.2
420 (445.5) 350 (373) 540 640.5 400 400 70 5 3 9.9 10.7
520 (545.5) 450 (473) 640 740.5 500 600 20 6 4 11.4 12.2
620 (645.5) 550 (573) 740 840.5 600 600 70 7 4 12.9 13.7
720 (745.5) 650 (673) 840 940.5 700 800 20 8 5 14.3 15.1
820 (845.5) 750 (773) 940 1,040.5 800 800 70 9 5 15.8 16.6
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR46 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR46 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.
*2 This indicates the short block length when calculating the possible stroke range.
It is 141 mm (total) for a KR46 with two short blocks in close contact with each other (Type D, without QZ).

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
220 (245.5) 150 (173) 340 417 200 200 70 3 2 7.2 7.8
320 (345.5) 250 (273) 440 517 300 400 20 4 3 8.6 9.2
420 (445.5) 350 (373) 540 617 400 400 70 5 3 10 10.6
520 (545.5) 450 (473) 640 717 500 600 20 6 4 11.4 12
620 (645.5) 550 (573) 740 817 600 600 70 7 4 12.8 13.4
720 (745.5) 650 (673) 840 917 700 800 20 8 5 14.2 14.8
820 (845.5) 750 (773) 940 1,017 800 800 70 9 5 15.6 16.2
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR46 C (with a Single Short Block)
Model KR46 D (with Two Short Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type C Type D* Type C Type D
220 (245.5) 150 (173) 340 417 200 200 70 3 2 8 8.8
320 (345.5) 250 (273) 440 517 300 400 20 4 3 9.4 10.2
420 (445.5) 350 (373) 540 617 400 400 70 5 3 10.9 11.7
520 (545.5) 450 (473) 640 717 500 600 20 6 4 12.4 13.2
620 (645.5) 550 (573) 740 817 600 600 70 7 4 13.9 14.7
720 (745.5) 650 (673) 840 917 700 800 20 8 5 15.4 16.2
820 (845.5) 750 (773) 940 1,017 800 800 70 9 5 16.8 17.6
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR55 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR5520A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR5520B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
q

I
q

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,089 900 40 800 90 7 5 20.2 22
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,189 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 21.9 23.7
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,289 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 23.6 25.4
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,389 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 25.4 27.2
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,489 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 27.1 28.9
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR55 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR5520A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR5520B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
q

I
q

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B *
Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,089 900 40 800 90 7 5 24.1 27.8
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,189 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 25.9 29.6
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,289 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 27.7 31.4
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,389 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 29.6 33.3
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,489 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 31.4 35.1
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Motor Flange Size, 60×60
Model KR5520A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR5520B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,064 900 40 800 90 7 5 21.1 22.9
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,164 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 22.8 24.6
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,264 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 24.5 26.3
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,364 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 26.3 28.1
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,464 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 28 29.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Motor Flange Size, 60×60
Model KR5520A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR5520B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B *
Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,064 900 40 800 90 7 5 25 28.7
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,164 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 26.8 30.5
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,264 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 28.6 32.3
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,364 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 30.5 34.2
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,464 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 32.3 36
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Motor Flange Size, 80×80
Model KR5520A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR5520B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,064 900 40 800 90 7 5 21.1 22.9
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,164 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 22.8 24.6
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,264 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 24.5 26.3
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,364 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 26.3 28.1
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,464 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 28 29.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Motor Flange Size, 80×80
Model KR5520A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR5520B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B *
Type A Type B
800 (826) 680 (698) 980 1,064 900 40 800 90 7 5 25 28.7
900 (926) 780 (798) 1,080 1,164 1,050 15 1,000 40 8 6 26.8 30.5
1,000 (1,026) 880 (898) 1,180 1,264 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 28.6 32.3
1,100 (1,126) 980 (998) 1,280 1,364 1,200 40 1,200 40 9 7 30.5 34.2
1,200 (1,226) 1,080 (1,098) 1,380 1,464 1,350 15 1,200 90 10 7 32.3 36
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR65 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR6525A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR6525B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
790 (810) 640 (665) 980 1,098 900 40 800 90 7 5 32.2 35.5
990 (1,010) 840 (865) 1,180 1,298 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 37.6 40.9
1,190 (1,210) 1,040 (1,065) 1,380 1,498 1,200 90 1,200 90 9 7 43 46.3
1,490 (1,510) 1,340 (1,365) 1,680 1,798 1,500 90 1,600 40 11 9 51.1 54.4
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR65 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling

Model KR6525A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR6525B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I

I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
790 (810) 640 (665) 980 1,098 900 40 800 90 7 5 38.6 45.2
990 (1,010) 840 (865) 1,180 1,298 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 44.3 50.9
1,190 (1,210) 1,040 (1,065) 1,380 1,498 1,200 90 1,200 90 9 7 50 56.6
1,490 (1,510) 1,340 (1,365) 1,680 1,798 1,500 90 1,600 40 11 9 58.5 65.1
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 515E

KR65 Without Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR6525A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR6525B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

I
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
790 (810) 640 (665) 980 1,078 900 40 800 90 7 5 33.9 37.2
990 (1,010) 840 (865) 1,180 1,278 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 39.3 42.6
1,190 (1,210) 1,040 (1,065) 1,380 1,478 1,200 90 1,200 90 9 7 44.7 48
1,490 (1,510) 1,340 (1,365) 1,680 1,778 1,500 90 1,600 40 11 9 52.7 56
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

A
 515E

KR

KR65 With Cover, Motor Wrap

Model KR6525A (with a Single Long Block)
Model KR6525B (with Two Long Blocks)
For model number coding, see A .

LM Guide Actuator
I
I
I
I

*1 Distance between the mechanical stopper and the stroke starting position.

Stroke (mm)
Overall main unit mass (kg)
(stroke between mechanical stoppers) Outer rail Overall length C G F H
n n1
length (mm) L1 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Type A Type B* Type A Type B
790 (810) 640 (665) 980 1,078 900 40 800 90 7 5 40.3 46.9
990 (1,010) 840 (865) 1,180 1,278 1,050 65 1,000 90 8 6 46 52.6
1,190 (1,210) 1,040 (1,065) 1,380 1,478 1,200 90 1,200 90 9 7 51.7 58.3
1,490 (1,510) 1,340 (1,365) 1,680 1,778 1,500 90 1,600 40 11 9 60.2 66.8
*Indicates a value when two inner blocks are in close contact with each other.

OptionsA A
 LM Guide Actuator Model KR

515E

Mass of Moving Elements

Table 13 shows the mass of the inner block and sub-table of Model KR.
Table 13: Mass of the Inner Block and Sub-Table of KR Unit: kg
Long block types Short block types
Model No.
A/B Inner block Sub-table Total mass C/D Inner block Sub-table Total mass
Type A 0.04 0.03 0.07 Type C — — —
KR15
Type B 0.08 0.06 0.14 Type D — — —
Type A 0.08 0.05 0.13 Type C — — —
KR20
Type B 0.16 0.1 0.26 Type D — — —
Type A 0.19 0.09 0.28 Type C — — —
KR26
Type B 0.38 0.18 0.56 Type D — — —
Type A 0.4 0.2 0.6 Type C 0.2 0.1 0.3
KR30H
Type B 0.8 0.4 1.2 Type D 0.4 0.2 0.6
Type A 0.4 0.2 0.6 Type C 0.2 0.1 0.3
KR33
Type B 0.8 0.4 1.2 Type D 0.4 0.2 0.6
Type A 1.0 0.4 1.4 Type C 0.6 0.2 0.8
KR45H
Type B 2.0 0.8 2.8 Type D 1.2 0.4 1.6
Type A 1.0 0.4 1.4 Type C 0.6 0.2 0.8
KR46
Type B 2.0 0.8 2.8 Type D 1.2 0.4 1.6
Type A 1.8 1.9 3.7 Type C — — —
KR55
Type B 3.6 3.8 7.4 Type D — — —
Type A 3.3 3.3 6.6 Type C — — —
KR65
Type B 6.6 6.6 13.2 Type D — — —

A
 515E

Options LM Guide Actuator (Options)

QZ Lubricator (compatible models: KR33, KR46, KR55, KR65)

The QZ Lubricator for the KR feeds the right amount of lubricant to the outer rail and ball screw shaft
raceway. This allows an oil film to continuously form between the balls and the raceway, and it sig-
nificantly extends the lubrication maintenance intervals.

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

QZ Lubricator

End seal End plate

Side seal

External View
Features
Since it compensates for oil loss, the lubrication maintenance interval can be significantly extended.
Because it feeds the appropriate amount of lubricant directly to the ball raceway, it is an environ-
mentally-friendly lubrication system that does not contaminate the surrounding area.
KR-QZ Configuration
Symbol Block type Description
QZ A/B/C/D Specification with QZ on both sides of all blocks
QZA A/C Specification with QZ on the fixed side
QZB A/C Specification with QZ on the supported side
QZAD B/D Specification with QZ on the fixed side (inner block with screw) + QZ on the supported side (free block)
Note: The QZ specification does not include a grease nipple. Contact THK if a grease nipple is required.

Fixed side (motor side) Supported side

(reverse motor side)
Composition QZ QZA QZB QZAD

Type A
(with a single —
long block)
Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side

Type B
(with two — —
long blocks)
Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side

Type C
(with a single —
short block)
Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side

Type D
(with two — —
short blocks)
Fixed side Supported side Fixed side Supported side

A
 515E

Dimensions with QZ Lubricator

Code: QZ (with cover)
Model No. KR33/46/55/65
Block type : A/B/C/D

L1 L1
L L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g) (f) a c b Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type A/C Block type B/D

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1*2
a b C f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 75 (85.5)
370 300 175 (185.5)
A 470 400 275 (285.5) 54 ― ― 33 27.5
570 500 375 (385.5)
670 600 475 (485.5)
770 700 575 (585.5)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 70 (83.5)
B 470 400 170 (183.5) 54 54 48 33 27.5
570 500 270 (283.5)
670 600 370 (383.5)
770 700 470 (483.5)
KR33
220 150 50 (61)
270 200 100 (111)
370 300 200 (211)
C 470 400 300 (311) 28.5 ― ― 33 27.5
570 500 400 (411)
670 600 500 (511)
770 700 600 (611)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 125 (134.5)
D 470 400 225 (234.5) 28.5 28.5 48 33 27.5
570 500 325 (334.5)
670 600 425 (434.5)
770 700 525 (534.5)
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.

A
 515E

KR

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1*2
a b C f g
L1 L
440.5 340 160 (178)
540.5 440 260 (278)
640.5 540 360 (378)
A 740.5 640 460 (478) 81 ― ― 44.5 36.5
840.5 740 560 (578)
940.5 840 660 (678)
1,040.5 940 760 (778)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

440.5 340 ―
540.5 440 120 (138)
640.5 540 220 (238)
B 740.5 640 320 (338) 81 81 59 44.5 36.5
840.5 740 420 (438)
940.5 840 520 (538)
1,040.5 940 620 (638)
KR46
440.5 340 190 (215.5)
540.5 440 290 (315.5)
640.5 540 390 (415.5)
C 740.5 640 490 (515.5) 43.5 ― ― 44.5 36.5
840.5 740 590 (615.5)
940.5 840 690 (715.5)
1,040.5 940 790 (815.5)
440.5 340 90 (113)
540.5 440 190 (213)
640.5 540 290 (313)
D 740.5 640 390 (413) 43.5 43.5 59 44.5 36.5
840.5 740 490 (513)
940.5 840 590 (613)
1,040.5 940 690 (713)
1,089 980 770 (794)
1,189 1,080 870 (894)
A 1,289 1,180 970 (994) 95.2 ― ― 47.4 43.4
1,389 1,280 1,070 (1,094)
1,489 1,380 1,170 (1,194)
KR55
1,089 980 615 (634)
1,189 1,080 715 (734)
B 1,289 1,180 815 (834) 95.2 95.2 64.8 47.4 43.4
1,389 1,280 915 (934)
1,489 1,380 1,015 (1,034)
1,098 980 760 (778)
1,298 1,180 960 (978)
A 110 ― ― 47.9 44.1
1,498 1,380 1,160 (1,178)
1,798 1,680 1,460 (1,478)
KR65
1,098 980 580 (601)
1,298 1,180 780 (801)
B 110 110 67 47.9 44.1
1,498 1,380 980 (1,001)
1,798 1,680 1,280 (1,301)
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.

A
 515E

Code: QZ (without cover)

Model No. : KR33/46/55/65
Block type : A/B/C/D

L1 L1
L L
(f) a Mechanical stroke ( g) (f) a b Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type A/C Block type B/D

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke*1*2 a*3 b*3 f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 75 (85.5)
370 300 175 (185.5)
102
A 470 400 275 (285.5) ― 11 5.5
(98)
570 500 375 (385.5)
670 600 475 (485.5)
770 700 575 (585.5)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 70 (83.5)
102 102
B 470 400 170 (183.5) 11 5.5
(100) (100)
570 500 270 (283.5)
670 600 370 (383.5)
770 700 470 (483.5)
KR33
220 150 50 (61)
270 200 100 (111)
370 300 200 (211)
76.5
C 470 400 300 (311) ― 11 5.5
(72.5)
570 500 400 (411)
670 600 500 (511)
770 700 600 (611)
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 125 (134.5)
76.5 76.5
D 470 400 225 (234.5) 11 5.5
(74.5) (74.5)
570 500 325 (334.5)
670 600 425 (434.5)
770 700 525 (534.5)
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.
*3 The values in parentheses indicate the length of the inner block when calculating the allowed stroke range.

A
 515E

KR

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1*2
a *3
b *3
f g
L1 L
440.5 340 160 (178)
540.5 440 260 (278)
640.5 540 360 (378)
140
A 740.5 640 460 (478) ― 17 9
(136)
840.5 740 560 (578)
940.5 840 660 (678)
1,040.5 940 760 (778)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

440.5 340 ―
540.5 440 120 (138)
640.5 540 220 (238)
140 140
B 740.5 640 320 (338) 17 9
(138) (138)
840.5 740 420 (438)
940.5 840 520 (538)
1,040.5 940 620 (638)
KR46
440.5 340 190 (215.5)
540.5 440 290 (315.5)
640.5 540 390 (415.5)
102.5
C 740.5 640 490 (515.5) ― 17 9
(98.5)
840.5 740 590 (615.5)
940.5 840 690 (715.5)
1,040.5 940 790 (815.5)
440.5 340 90 (113)
540.5 440 190 (213)
640.5 540 290 (313)
102.5 102.5
D 740.5 640 390 (413) 17 9
(100.5) (100.5)
840.5 740 490 (513)
940.5 840 590 (613)
1,040.5 940 690 (713)
1,089 980 770 (794)
1,189 1,080 870 (894)
A 1,289 1,180 970 (994) 160 ― 15 11
1,389 1,280 1,070 (1,094)
1,489 1,380 1,170 (1,194)
KR55
1,089 980 615 (634)
1,189 1,080 715 (734)
B 1,289 1,180 815 (834) 160 160 15 11
1,389 1,280 915 (934)
1,489 1,380 1,015 (1,034)
1,098 980 760 (778)
1,298 1,180 960 (978)
A 177 ― 14.4 10.6
1,498 1,380 1,160 (1,178)
1,798 1,680 1,460 (1,478)
KR65
1,098 980 580 (601)
1,298 1,180 780 (801)
B 177 177 14.4 10.6
1,498 1,380 980 (1,001)
1,798 1,680 1,280 (1,301)
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.
*3 The values in parentheses indicate the length of the inner block when calculating the allowed stroke range.

A
 515E

Code: QZA (with cover)

Model No. : KR33/46/55/65
Block type : A/C
L1
L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type A/C

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke*1
a f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 85 (98.5)
370 300 185 (198.5)
A 470 400 285 (298.5) 54 33 14.5
570 500 385 (398.5)
670 600 485 (498.5)
770 700 585 (598.5)
KR33
220 150 60 (74)
270 200 110 (124)
370 300 210 (224)
C 470 400 310 (324) 28.5 33 14.5
570 500 410 (424)
670 600 510 (524)
770 700 610 (624)
440.5 340 175 (193)
540.5 440 275 (293)
640.5 540 375 (393)
A 740.5 640 475 (493) 81 44.5 21.5
840.5 740 575 (593)
940.5 840 675 (693)
1,040.5 940 775 (793)
KR46
440.5 340 205 (230.5)
540.5 440 305 (330.5)
640.5 540 405 (430.5)
C 740.5 640 505 (530.5) 43.5 44.5 21.5
840.5 740 605 (630.5)
940.5 840 705 (730.5)
1,040.5 940 805 (830.5)
1,089 980 785 (810)
1,189 1,080 885 (910)
KR55 A 1,289 1,180 985 (1,010) 95.2 47.4 27.4
1,389 1,280 1,085 (1,110)
1,489 1,380 1,185 (1,210)
1,098 980 775 (794)
1,298 1,180 975 (994)
KR65 A 110 47.9 28.1
1,498 1,380 1,175 (1,194)
1,798 1,680 1,475 (1,494)
Note) Block types B and D cannot be selected for QZA.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.

A
 515E

KR

Code: QZA (without cover)

Model No. : KR33/46/55/65
Block type : A/C
L1
L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

Block type A/C
Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1
a *2
f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 85 (98.5)
370 300 185 (198.5)
89
A 470 400 285 (298.5) 11 5.5
(85)
570 500 385 (398.5)
670 600 485 (498.5)
770 700 585 (598.5)
KR33
220 150 60 (74)
270 200 110 (124)
370 300 210 (224)
63.5
C 470 400 310 (324) 11 5.5
(59.5)
570 500 410 (424)
670 600 510 (524)
770 700 610 (624)
440.5 340 175 (193)
540.5 440 275 (293)
640.5 540 375 (393)
125
A 740.5 640 475 (493) 17 9
(121)
840.5 740 575 (593)
940.5 840 675 (693)
1,040.5 940 775 (793)
KR46
440.5 340 205 (230.5)
540.5 440 305 (330.5)
640.5 540 405 (430.5)
87.5
C 740.5 640 505 (530.5) 17 9
(83.5)
840.5 740 605 (630.5)
940.5 840 705 (730.5)
1,040.5 940 805 (830.5)
1,089 980 785 (810)
1,189 1,080 885 (910)
KR55 A 1,289 1,180 985 (1,010) 144 15 11
1,389 1,280 1,085 (1,110)
1,489 1,380 1,185 (1,210)
1,098 980 775 (794)
1,298 1,180 975 (994)
KR65 A 161 14.4 10.6
1,498 1,380 1,175 (1,194)
1,798 1,680 1,475 (1,494)
Note) Block types B and D cannot be selected for QZA.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The values in parentheses indicate the length of the inner block when calculating the allowed stroke range.

A
 515E

Code: QZB (with cover)

Model No. : KR33/46/55/65
Block type : A/C
L1
L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type A/C

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke*1
a f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 85 (98.5)
370 300 185 (198.5)
A 470 400 285 (298.5) 54 20 27.5
570 500 385 (398.5)
670 600 485 (498.5)
770 700 585 (598.5)
KR33
220 150 60 (74)
270 200 110 (124)
370 300 210 (224)
C 470 400 310 (324) 28.5 20 27.5
570 500 410 (424)
670 600 510 (524)
770 700 610 (624)
440.5 340 175 (193)
540.5 440 275 (293)
640.5 540 375 (393)
A 740.5 640 475 (493) 81 29.5 36.5
840.5 740 575 (593)
940.5 840 675 (693)
1,040.5 940 775 (793)
KR46
440.5 340 205 (230.5)
540.5 440 305 (330.5)
640.5 540 405 (430.5)
C 740.5 640 505 (530.5) 43.5 29.5 36.5
840.5 740 605 (630.5)
940.5 840 705 (730.5)
1,040.5 940 805 (830.5)
1,089 980 785 (810)
1,189 1,080 885 (910)
KR55 A 1,289 1,180 985 (1,010) 95.2 31.4 43.4
1,389 1,280 1,085 (1,110)
1,489 1,380 1,185 (1,210)
1,098 980 775 (794)
1,298 1,180 975 (994)
KR65 A 110 31.9 44.1
1,498 1,380 1,175 (1,194)
1,798 1,680 1,475 (1,494)
Note) Block types B and D cannot be selected for QZB.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.

A
 515E

KR

Code: QZB (without cover)

Model No. : KR33/46/55/65
Block type : A/C
L1
L
(f) a Mechanical stroke (g)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

Block type A/C
Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1
a *2
f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 85 (98.5)
370 300 185 (198.5)
89
A 470 400 285 (298.5) 11 5.5
(85)
570 500 385 (398.5)
670 600 485 (498.5)
770 700 585 (598.5)
KR33
220 150 60 (74)
270 200 110 (124)
370 300 210 (224)
63.5
C 470 400 310 (324) 11 5.5
(59.5)
570 500 410 (424)
670 600 510 (524)
770 700 610 (624)
440.5 340 175 (193)
540.5 440 275 (293)
640.5 540 375 (393)
125
A 740.5 640 475 (493) 17 9
(121)
840.5 740 575 (593)
940.5 840 675 (693)
1,040.5 940 775 (793)
KR46
440.5 340 205 (230.5)
540.5 440 305 (330.5)
640.5 540 405 (430.5)
87.5
C 740.5 640 505 (530.5) 17 9
(83.5)
840.5 740 605 (630.5)
940.5 840 705 (730.5)
1,040.5 940 805 (830.5)
1,089 980 785 (810)
1,189 1,080 885 (910)
KR55 A 1,289 1,180 985 (1,010) 144 15 11
1,389 1,280 1,085 (1,110)
1,489 1,380 1,185 (1,210)
1,098 980 775 (794)
1,298 1,180 975 (994)
KR65 A 161 14.4 10.6
1,498 1,380 1,175 (1,194)
1,798 1,680 1,475 (1,494)
Note) Block types B and D cannot be selected for QZB.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The values in parentheses indicate the length of the inner block when calculating the allowed stroke range.

A
 515E

Code: QZAD (with cover)

Model No. : KR33/46/55/65
Block type : B/D
L1
L
(f) a c b Mechanical stroke (g)

Block type B/D

Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke*1*2 a b C f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 100 (109.5)
B 470 400 200 (209.5) 54 54 22 33 27.5
570 500 300 (309.5)
670 600 400 (409.5)
770 700 500 (509.5)
KR33
220 150 ―
270 200 50 (60.5)
370 300 150 (160.5)
D 470 400 250 (260.5) 28.5 28.5 22 33 27.5
570 500 350 (360.5)
670 600 450 (460.5)
770 700 550 (560.5)
440.5 340 ―
540.5 440 150 (168)
640.5 540 250 (268)
B 740.5 640 350 (368) 81 81 29 44.5 36.5
840.5 740 450 (468)
940.5 840 550 (568)
1,040.5 940 650 (668)
KR46
440.5 340 120 (143)
540.5 440 220 (243)
640.5 540 320 (343)
D 740.5 640 420 (443) 43.5 43.5 29 44.5 36.5
840.5 740 520 (543)
940.5 840 620 (643)
1,040.5 940 720 (743)
1,089 980 650 (666)
1,189 1,080 750 (766)
KR55 B 1,289 1,180 850 (866) 95.2 95.2 32.8 47.4 43.4
1,389 1,280 950 (966)
1,489 1,380 1,050 (1,066)
1,098 980 610 (633)
1,298 1,180 810 (833)
KR65 B 110 110 35 47.9 44.1
1,498 1,380 1,010 (1,033)
1,798 1,680 1,310 (1,333)
Note) Block types A and C cannot be selected for QZAD.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.

A
 515E

KR

Code: QZAD (without cover)

Model No. : KR33/46/55/65
Block type : B/D
L1
L
(f) a b Mechanical stroke (g)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

Block type B/D
Unit: mm
Overall length Outer rail length
Model No. Block type Stroke *1*2
a *3
b *3
f g
L1 L
220 150 ―
270 200 ―
370 300 100 (109.5)
89 89
B 470 400 200 (209.5) 11 5.5
(87) (87)
570 500 300 (309.5)
670 600 400 (409.5)
770 700 500 (509.5)
KR33
220 150 ―
270 200 50 (60.5)
370 300 150 (160.5)
63.5 63.5
D 470 400 250 (260.5) 11 5.5
(61.5) (61.5)
570 500 350 (360.5)
670 600 450 (460.5)
770 700 550 (560.5)
440.5 340 ―
540.5 440 150 (168)
640.5 540 250 (268)
125 125
B 740.5 640 350 (368) 17 9
(123) (123)
840.5 740 450 (468)
940.5 840 550 (568)
1,040.5 940 650 (668)
KR46
440.5 340 120 (143)
540.5 440 220 (243)
640.5 540 320 (343)
87.5 87.5
D 740.5 640 420 (443) 17 9
(85.5) (85.5)
840.5 740 520 (543)
940.5 840 620 (643)
1,040.5 940 720 (743)
1,089 980 650 (666)
1,189 1,080 750 (766)
KR55 B 1,289 1,180 850 (866) 144 144 15 11
1,389 1,280 950 (966)
1,489 1,380 1,050 (1,066)
1,098 980 610 (633)
1,298 1,180 810 (833)
KR65 B 161 161 14.4 10.6
1,498 1,380 1,010 (1,033)
1,798 1,680 1,310 (1,333)
Note) Block types A and C cannot be selected for QZAD.
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The strokes for block types B and D are the values when in contact with the inner block.
*3 The values in parentheses indicate the length of the inner block when calculating the allowed stroke range.

A
 515E

Bellows
In addition to a cover, bellows are also available as a contamination protection option for Model KR.

Model KR-A (with a Single Long Block)

b (Sub-table)

H1
H
A a (Stroke) B W (Bellows)
L (Outer rail length)
Unit: mm

Outer rail length

Model No. Stroke *1
A B a b W H H1
L
15 (22.2) 75 15.8 14
30 (37.2) 100 20.8 19
45 (52.2) 125 25.8 24
KR15 23 44 49 8 15.5
60 (67.2) 150 30.8 29
75 (82.2) 175 35.8 34
90 (97.2) 200 40.8 39
20 (30.8) 100 18.8 17.2
KR20 55 (67.8) 150 25.3 23.7 33.2 52 60 10 20
80 (93.6) 200 37 36.2
50 (61.3) 150 23.7 17.6
80 (91.6) 200 32.8 28.2
KR26 47.4 62 74 18 20
110 (125.6) 250 40.8 36.2
160 (175.6) 300 40.8 36.2
30 (42) 150 28.5 25.5
60 (72) 200 38.5 35.5
130 (142) 300 53.5 50.5
KR30H 54 80 80 21.5 17.5
200 (212) 400 68.5 65.5
270 (282) 500 83.5 80.5
340 (352) 600 98.5 95.5
30 (42) 150 28.4 25.6
70 (82) 200 33.4 30.6
150 (162) 300 43.4 40.6
KR33 220 (232) 400 58.4 55.6 54 86 84 24.5 20
300 (312) 500 68.4 65.6
370 (382) 600 83.4 80.6
450 (462) 700 93.4 90.6

A
 515E

KR

Outer rail length

Model No. Stroke*1 A B a b W H H1
L
160 (177) 340 41.1 40.9
240 (255) 440 52.1 51.9
320 (339) 540 60.1 59.9
KR45H 400 (423) 640 68.1 67.9 81 104 104 28 28
470 (491) 740 84.1 83.9
550 (575) 840 92.1 91.9
640 (659) 940 100.1 99.9
140 (155) 340 52.9 51.1

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

210 (225) 440 67.9 66.1
290 (305) 540 77.9 76.1
KR46 360 (375) 640 92.9 91.1 81 112 110 36 20
440 (455) 740 102.9 101.1
510 (525) 840 117.9 116.1
590 (605) 940 127.9 126.1
700 (719.6) 980 84.6 80.6
790 (809.6) 1,080 89.6 85.6
KR55 870 (889.6) 1,180 99.6 95.6 95.2 124 154 37 40
960 (979.6) 1,280 104.6 100.6
1,050 (1,069.6) 1,380 109.6 105.6
680 (703.2) 980 85.1 81.7
860 (883.2) 1,180 95.1 91.7
KR65 110 170 184 40 47
1,030 (1,053.2) 1,380 110.1 106.7
1,290 (1,313.2) 1,680 130.1 126.7
*1 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*2 The bellows for KR55 and KR65 are only suitable for horizontal orientation. If the bellows is to be used in other orienta-
tions (vertical or wall-mounted), contact THK.

A
 515E

Model KR-B (with Two Long Blocks)

b (Sub-table)

H1
H
A (a) (Stroke) B W (Bellows)
L (Outer rail length)

Unit: mm
Outer rail length
Model No. Stroke *1,*2
A B a b W H H1
L
20 (29.2) 125 20.8 19
35 (44.2) 150 25.8 24
KR15 56 44 49 8 15.5
50 (59.2) 175 30.8 29
65 (74.2) 200 35.8 34
25 (34.8) 150 18.8 17.2
KR20 79.2 52 60 10 20
60 (71.8) 200 25.3 23.7
35 (47.3) 200 23.7 17.6
KR26 65 (77.6) 250 32.8 28.2 111.4 62 74 18 20
115 (127.6) 300 32.8 28.2
85 (97.6) 300 38.5 35.5
155 (167.6) 400 53.5 50.5
KR30H 128.4 80 80 21.5 17.5
225 (237.6) 500 68.5 65.5
295 (307.6) 600 83.5 80.5
80 (96) 300 38.4 35.6
160 (176) 400 48.4 45.6
KR33 240 (256) 500 58.4 55.6 130 86 84 24.5 20
310 (326) 600 73.4 70.6
390 (406) 700 83.4 80.6
80 (95) 340 28.1 27.9
155 (170.5) 440 41.1 39.4
230 (247) 540 52.1 51.9
KR45H 310 (331) 640 60.1 59.9 189 104 104 28 28
400 (415) 740 68.1 67.9
465 (483) 840 84.1 83.9
550 (567) 940 92.1 91.9
60 (75) 340 37.9 36.1
130 (145) 440 52.9 51.1
210 (225) 540 62.9 61.1
KR46 280 (295) 640 77.9 76.1 191 112 110 36 20
360 (375) 740 87.9 86.1
430 (445) 840 102.9 101.1
510 (525) 940 112.9 111.1

A
 515E

KR

Outer rail length

Model No. Stroke*1,*2 A B a b W H H1
L
590 (612) 980 74.6 70.6
670 (692) 1,080 84.6 80.6
KR55 760 (782) 1,180 89.6 85.6 222.8 124 154 37 40
850 (872) 1,280 94.6 90.6
930 (952) 1,380 104.6 100.6
550 (578.6) 980 75.1 71.7
720 (748.6) 1,180 90.1 86.7
KR65 254.6 170 184 40 47
900 (928.6) 1,380 100.1 96.7

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

1,160 (1,188.6) 1,680 120.1 116.7
*1 The strokes in the table are values when the blocks are in close contact with each other.
*2 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
*3 The bellows for KR55 and KR65 are only suitable for horizontal orientation. If the bellows are to be used in other orienta-
tions (vertical or wall-mounted), contact THK.
Note) The bellows cannot be attached between the sub-tables.

A
 515E

Model KR-C (with a Single Short Block)

b (Sub-table)

H1
H
A a (Stroke) B W (Bellows)
L (Outer rail length)

Unit: mm
Outer rail length
Model No. Stroke *
A B a b W H H1
L
45 (57.5) 150 33.5 30.5
85 (97.5) 200 38.5 35.5
155 (167.5) 300 53.5 50.5
KR30H 28.5 80 80 21.5 17.5
225 (237.5) 400 68.5 65.5
295 (307.5) 500 83.5 80.5
365 (377.5) 600 98.5 95.5
55 (67.5) 150 28.4 25.6
95 (107.5) 200 33.4 30.6
165 (177.5) 300 48.4 45.6
KR33 245 (257.5) 400 58.4 55.6 28.5 86 84 24.5 20
315 (327.5) 500 73.4 70.6
395 (407.5) 600 83.4 80.6
465 (477.5) 700 98.4 95.6
190 (208.5) 340 44.1 43.9
275 (292.5) 440 52.1 51.9
340 (360.5) 540 68.1 67.9
KR45H 425 (444.5) 640 76.1 75.9 43.5 104 104 28 28
510 (528.5) 740 84.1 83.9
580 (596.5) 840 100.1 99.9
660 (680.5) 940 108.1 107.9
170 (182.5) 340 57.9 56.1
240 (252.5) 440 72.9 71.1
320 (332.5) 540 82.9 81.1
KR46 390 (402.5) 640 97.9 96.1 43.5 112 110 36 20
470 (482.5) 740 107.9 106.1
540 (552.5) 840 122.9 121.1
620 (632.5) 940 132.9 131.1
*The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.

A
 515E

KR

Model KR-D (with Two Short Blocks)

b (Sub-table)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

H1
H
A (a) (Stroke) B W (Bellows)
L (Outer rail length)

Unit: mm
Outer rail length
Model No. Stroke *1,*2
A B a b W H H1
L
15 (28.6) 150 23.5 20.5
45 (58.6) 200 33.5 30.5
115 (128.6) 300 48.5 45.5
KR30H 77.4 80 80 21.5 17.5
185 (198.6) 400 63.5 60.5
255 (268.6) 500 78.5 75.5
325 (338.6) 600 93.5 90.5
55 (67) 200 28.4 25.6
125 (137) 300 43.4 40.6
205 (217) 400 53.4 50.6
KR33 79 86 84 24.5 20
275 (287) 500 68.4 65.6
355 (367) 600 78.4 75.6
425 (437) 700 93.4 90.6
140 (154) 340 36.1 35.9
220 (238) 440 44.1 43.9
290 (306) 540 60.1 59.9
KR45H 370 (390) 640 68.1 67.9 114 104 104 28 28
455 (474) 740 76.1 75.9
525 (542) 840 92.1 91.9
605 (626) 940 100.1 99.9
110 (130) 340 47.9 46.1
180 (200) 440 62.9 61.1
260 (280) 540 72.9 71.1
KR46 330 (350) 640 87.9 86.1 116 112 110 36 20
410 (430) 740 97.9 96.1
480 (500) 840 112.9 111.1
560 (580) 940 122.9 121.1
*1 The strokes in the table are values when the blocks are in close contact with each other.
*2 The values in parentheses represent the maximum stroke.
Note) The bellows cannot be attached between the sub-tables.

A
 515E

Sensor
Optional photo sensors and proximity sensors are available for Model KR.

Installation Example

Table 14: With or Without a Sensor

Symbol Description Type Accessory *1
0 None — —
1 With sensor rail — Mounting screws, sensor rail
Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail,
2 Photo sensors*2 (3 units) EE-SX671 (OMRON)
mounting plate, connector (EE-1001)
Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail,
6 Photo sensors*2 (3 units) EE-SX674 (OMRON)
mounting plate, connector (EE-1001)
7 Proximity sensors N.O. contact (3 units) APM-D3A1-001 (Azbil) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
B Proximity sensors N.C. contact (3 units) APM-D3B1-003 (Azbil) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
Proximity sensors N.O. contact (1 unit) APM-D3A1-001
E (Azbil) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
N.C. contact (2 units) APM-D3B1-003
H Proximity sensors N.O. contact (3 units) GX-F12A (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
L Proximity sensors N.C. contact (3 units) GX-F12B (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
Proximity sensors N.O. contact (1 unit) GX-F12A
J (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
N.C. contact (2 units) GX-F12B
Proximity sensors N.O. contact (1 unit) GX-F12A-P
M (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) Mounting screw/nut, sensor dog, sensor rail
N.C. contact (2 units) GX-F12B-P

N.O. contact: normally open contact

N.C. contact: normally closed contact
*1 If the stroke is less than 70 mm, 2 sensor dogs and 2 sensor rails will be included. KR15, KR20, and KR26 ship with the
sensor rail already installed.
*2 The photo sensors can be switched between ON when lit and ON when unlit.

A
 515E

KR

Proximity Sensor
APM-D3A1-001 (Azbil) 3 units GX-F12B (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) 3 units
APM-D3B1-003 (Azbil) 3 units GX-F12A-P (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) 3 units
GX-F12A (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) 3 units GX-F12B-P (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX) 3 units

 Proximity Sensor: APM-D3A1-001 APM-D3B1-003 (Azbil)

Unit: mm

Model No. a b c d

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

KR15 27.8 5.8 1.4 1.4
b KR20 32.5 6.6 6 6
a
KR26 37 6.4 8 8
KR30H 43.3 3.3 8.8 9
KR33 42.5 –0.6 8.8 9
KR45H 53.2 1.2 14 14
c d KR46 55.4 –0.6 21.8 22
KR55 62.4 0.4 22 22
KR65 77.4 –7.6 25.1 25

 Proximity Sensor: GX-F12A GX-F12B GX-F12A-P

GX-F12B-P (Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX)
Unit: mm

b Model No. a b c d

a KR20 34 8.1 3.6 4

KR26 38.5 7.9 6 6
KR30H 45 5 8.8 9
KR33 44.5 1.5 8.8 9
KR45H 54.8 2.8 13.8 14
KR46 57.5 1.5 21.8 22
d
c

KR55 64.5 2.5 22 22

KR65 79 –6 25.1 25

A
 515E

Photo Sensor
EE-SX671 (Omron) 3 units
EE-SX674 (Omron) 3 units
Connector EE-1001 (Omron) 3 units
Note) The connector is an accessory.

 Photo Sensor: EE-SX671 (Omron Corp.)

Unit: mm

Model No. e f g h i j
f g
KR20 41.3 53.8 15 9.4 0.9 9.5
e
KR26 46 58.7 14.9 11.4 2.9 11.5
KR30H 51.3 63.9 11.3 13.8 1.4 13.5
KR33 50.8 63.7 7.7 12.8 2.2 13

h j KR45H 61.2 73.8 9.3 18.3 6.4 18.5

i KR46 63.6 76.6 7.7 25.8 15.2 26
KR55 70.7 83.5 8.6 24.5 13.6 25
KR65 85.5 98.5 0.6 28.1 16.6 28

 Photo Sensor: EE-SX674 (Omron Corp.)

Unit: mm

g Model No. e f g h i j
f
e KR20 38.3 44.8 12.5 10.9 0.6 11
KR26 43.5 49.7 12.5 12.9 2.6 13
KR30H 46.2 52.4 6.3 13.8 1.1 14
KR33 44.5 50.7 1.5 12.8 1.7 13
KR45H 56.2 62.3 4.2 19 6.1 19
h j
KR46 57.5 63.6 1.5 25.8 14.1 26
i KR55 63.5 70.5 1.5 24.5 13.1 24
KR65 79 85.5 –6 28.6 16.1 28

A
 515E

KR

Sensor Rail
The sensor rail can be attached alone.

5
2.4 0.8
5.8

4.3
8

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

A L
H
Sensor rail

Unit: mm Unit: mm

Outer rail Outer rail

Model No. Stroke* H A L Model No. Stroke* H A L
length length
25 75 88 190 340 336
50 100 113 290 440 436
75 125 138 390 540 536
KR15 5.5 37.5
100 150 163 KR46 490 640 28 89.5 636
125 175 188 590 740 736
150 200 213 690 840 836
30 100 111 790 940 936
KR20 80 150 10 43 161 800 980 976
130 200 211 900 1,080 1,076
60 150 161 KR55 1,000 1,180 27 96 1,176
110 200 211 1,100 1,280 1,276
KR26 12 54
160 250 261 1,200 1,380 1,376
210 300 311 790 980 976
50 150 146 990 1,180 1,176
KR65 30 102
100 200 196 1,190 1,380 1,376
200 300 296 1,490 1,680 1,676
KR30H 14 61
300 400 396
400 500 496
500 600 596
50 150 146
100 200 196
200 300 296
KR33 300 400 15 61 396
400 500 496
500 600 596
600 700 696
200 340 336
300 440 436
400 540 536
KR45H 500 640 19 90 636
600 740 736
700 840 836
800 940 936
* Indicates stroke length with one long inner block.

A
 515E

Intermediate Flange (Direct Coupling)

Motors Used and Applicable Intermediate Flanges for Model KR
Several types of intermediate flanges for mounting motors are available for Model KR. Specify an
intermediate flange that matches the motor used.
Each intermediate flange is made of steel and plated with THK AP-C treatment, a surface treatment
that provides excellent corrosion resistance.
Table 15: Motors Used and Corresponding Housing A and Intermediate Flanges

Rated Flange KR
Motor type
output size KR15 KR20 KR26 KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46 KR55 KR65
SGMMV-A1 10 W AN AN AN — — — — — —
mini

SGMMV-A2 20 W 25 AN AN AN — — — — — —
-


SGMMV-A3 30 W AN AN AN — — — — — —
SGMJV-A5 — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
50 W
SGMAV-A5 — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
SGMJV-01 40 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
100 W
SGMAV-01 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
SGMJV-C2 150 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
SGMJV-02 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
200 W
-

SGMAV-02 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV


SGMJV-04 60 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
400 W
AC servo motor

SGMAV-04 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
YASKAWA

SGMJV-06 600 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
SGMJV-08 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
750 W 80
SGMAV-08 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
SGM7J-A5 — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
50 W
SGM7A-A5 — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
SGM7J-01 40 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
100 W
SGM7A-01 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
SGM7J-C2 150 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
SGM7J-02 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
 -7

200 W


SGM7A-02 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
SGM7J-04 60 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
400 W
SGM7A-04 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
SGM7J-06 600 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
SGM7J-08 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
750 W 80
SGM7A-08 — — — — — — — AZ AZ

A
 515E

KR

Rated Flange KR
Motor type
output size KR15 KR20 KR26 KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46 KR55 KR65
SGMXJ-A5 — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
50 W
SGMXA-A5 — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
SGMXJ-01 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
100 W 40
SGMXA-01 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
SGMXJ-C2 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
150 W
SGMXA-C2 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
YASKAWA

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

SGMXJ-02 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
 -X

200 W
SGMXA-02 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV


SGMXJ-04 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
400 W 60
SGMXA-04 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
SGMXJ-06 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
600 W
SGMXA-06 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
SGMXJ-08 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
750 W 80
SGMXA-08 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
HG-AK0136 10 W AN AN AN — — — — — —
HG-AK0236 20 W 25 AN AN AN — — — — — —
HG-AK0336 30 W AN AN AN — — — — — —
HG-MR053 — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
50 W
HG-KR053 — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
40
HG-MR13 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
100 W
HG-KR13 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
J4

HG-MR23 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
AC servo motor

200 W
HG-KR23 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
Mitsubishi Electric

60
MELSERVO

HG-MR43 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
400 W
HG-KR43 — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
HG-MR73 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
750 W 80
HG-KR73 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
HK-KT053W 50 W — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
40
HK-KT13W 100 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
HK-KT23W 200 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
J5

60
HK-KT43W 400 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
HK-KT7M3W 750 W 80 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
HF-KN053 50 W — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
40
HF-KN13 100 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
JN

HF-KN23 200 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
60
HF-KN43 400 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
TS4602 50 W — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
TS4603 100 W 40 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
TS4604 150 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
TBL-i
TAMAGAWA SEIKI

TS4607 200 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
60
TS4609 400 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
TS4614 750 W 80 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
TSM3102 50 W — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
40
TSM3104 100 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
TSM3202 200 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
TBL-i

60
TSM3204 400 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
TSM3303 600 W — — — — — — — AZ AZ
80
TSM3304 750 W — — — — — — — AZ AZ

A
 515E

Rated Flange KR
Motor type
output size KR15 KR20 KR26 KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46 KR55 KR65
MSMD5A — AP AP AP AP — — — —
50 W
MSME5A — AP AP AP AP — — — —
38
MSMD01 — — — AP AP — — — —
100 W
MSME01 — — — AP AP — — — —
MSMD02 — — — — — AY 30 — —
A5

200 W
MSME02 — — — — — AY 30 — —
60
MSMD04 — — — — — AY 30 — —
400 W
MSME04 — — — — — AY 30 — —
MSMD08 — — — — — — — A5 A5
Panasonic

750 W 80
MINAS

MSME08 — — — — — — — A5 A5
MSMF5A 38 — AP AP AP AP — — — —
50 W
MHMF5A 40 — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
MSMF01 38 — — — AP AP — — — —
100 W
MHMF01 40 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
MSMF02 — — — — — AY 30 — —
A6

200 W
MHMF02 — — — — — AY 30 — —
60
MSMF04 — — — — — AY 30 — —
400 W
MHMF04 — — — — — AY 30 — —
MSMF08 — — — — — — — A5 A5
750 W 80
MHMF08 — — — — — — — A5 A5
SV-M005 50 W — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
40
SV-M010 100 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
SV

SV-M020 200 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
AC servo motor

60
SV-M040 400 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
KEYENCE

SV-M075 750 W 80 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
SV2-M005 50 W — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
40
SV2-M010 100 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
SV2

SV2-M020 200 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
60
SV2-M040 400 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
SV2-M075 750 W 80 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
R2 A04005 50 W — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
SANMOTION R
SANYO DENKI

R2EA04008 80 W 40 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
R2 A04010 100 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
R2 A06020 200 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
60
R2AA06040 400 W — — — — — A0 40 A0 AV
R2AA08075 750 W 80 — — — — — — — AZ AZ
R88M-K05030 50 W — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
40
R88M-K10030 100 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —
OMNUC
G5

R88M-K20030 200 W — — — — — AY 30 — —
60
R88M-K40030 400 W — — — — — AY 30 — —
OMRON

R88M-K75030 750 W 80 — — — — — — — A5 A5
R88M-1M10030 100 W 40 — — — AQ AQ — — — —
R88M-1M20030 200 W — — — — — AY 30 — —
1S

60
R88M-1M40030 400 W — — — — — AY 30 — —
R88M-1M75030 750 W 80 — — — — — — — A5 A5


 is0.2/5000 50 W — AQ AQ AQ AQ — — — —
FANUC

series
 is

40



 is0.3/5000 100 W — — — AQ AQ — — — —

A
 515E

KR

Flange KR
Motor type
size KR15 KR20 KR26 KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46 KR55 KR65
AZ2 , AR2 28 AS AS AS — — — — — —
AZ4 , AR4 42 — AR AR AR AR — — — —
Step

AZM48 42 — AR AR AR AR — — — —



AZ6 , AR6 60 — — — AU AU AU 10 — —
AZ9 , AR9 85 — — — — — — — A6 A6
CRK52 28 AS AS AS — — — — — —
CRK
ORIENTAL MOTOR

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

CRK54 42 — AR AR AR AR — — — —
CRK56 60 — — — AU AU AU 10 — —
RKS54 42 — AR AR AR AR — — — —
5-phase

RKS56 60 — — — AU AU AU 10 — —
RK

RKS59 85 — — — — — — — A6 A6
PKP52 28 AS AS AS — — — — — —
PKP54 42 — AR AR AR AR — — — —
PKP

PKP56 56.4 — — — AT AT — — — —
PKP56 60 — — — AU AU AU 10 — —
PKP22 28 AS AS AS — — — — — —
2-phase
PKP/CVD
Stepper motor

PKP24 42 — AR AR AR AR — — — —
PKP26 56.4 — — — AT AT — — — —
PBDM28 28 AS AS AS — — — — — —
PB

PBDM423, PBA 423 42 — AR AR AR AR — — — —

PBDM60 , PBA 60 60 — — — AU AU AU 10 — —
FAF/FDF52 28 AS AS AS — — — — — —
SANYO DENKI

5-phase

FAF54 /FDF54 /
42 — AR AR AR AR — — — —
FA511M42/FB511M42
FAM56 /FDM56 /
60 — — — AU AU AU 10 — —
FA512M60/FB512M60
D 14S28 28 AS AS AS — — — — — —
DB14H52 — AR AR AR AR — — — —
2-phase

42
DU15H52 — AR AR AR AR — — — —
D 16H71 56 — — — AT AT — — — —
DB16H78 60 — — — AU AU AU 10 — —
QS-M28 28 AS AS AS — — — — — —
KEYENCE

2-phase

QS-M42 42 — AR AR AR AR — — — —

QS-M60 60 — — — AU AU AU 10 — —

Note 1) The symbols in the table indicate the housing A and intermediate flange.
Note 2) For the motor coupling, contact THK.
Note 3) The motor types in the table represent only some of the types available. For details regarding different types, please
see the catalog from each respective motor manufacturer.
Note 4) Model KR15 has a limit on input torque. The permissible input torque for model KR1501 is 0.051 N·m at maximum,
and that for model KR1502 is 0.103 N·m at maximum. If the maximum torque of the motor mounted to model KR15
exceeds the permissible input torque, take safety measures such as setting a torque limit.

A
 515E

Intermediate Flange (Motor Wrap)

Motors Used and Applicable Intermediate Flanges for Model KR
Several types of intermediate flanges for mounting motors are available.
In model coding 7, “With/without motor,” specify an intermediate flange that matches the motor used:
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, or R6.
Symbol Coding
Wrap symbol Intermediate flange Motor shaft diameter (mm) Motor shaft securing method

W Q - 08 D
Please refer to “Motors Used Please specify a motor shaft diameter. K Key
and Corresponding Housing (Please refer to “Motors Used and
W D Flat
A and Intermediate Flanges” Corresponding Housing A and
below. Intermediate Flanges” below.) M Friction fastener

Motor shaft securing method

Key Flat Friction fastener

Table 16: Motors Used and Corresponding Housing A and Intermediate Flanges

Rated Flange KR
Motor type
output size KR15 KR20 KR26 KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46 KR55 KR65
SGMMV-A1 10 W WN 05D WN 05D WN 05D — — — — — —
mini

SGMMV-A2 20 W 25 WN 05D WN 05D WN 05D — — — — — —

-


SGMMV-A3 30 W WN 05D WN 05D WN 05D — — — — — —

WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMJV-A5 — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
50 W
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMAV-A5 — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMJV-01 40 — — — — — — —
AC servo motor

WQ 08M WQ 08M
YASKAWA

100 W
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMAV-01 — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMJV-C2 150 W — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
-


SGMJV-02 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

200 W
SGMAV-02 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGMJV-04 60 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
400 W
SGMAV-04 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGMJV-06 600 W — — — — — WV 14M — WV 14M WV 14M
SGMJV-08 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
750 W 80
SGMAV-08 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

A
 515E

KR

Rated Flange KR
Motor type
output size KR15 KR20 KR26 KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46 KR55 KR65
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGM7J-A5 — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
50 W
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGM7A-A5 — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGM7J-01 40 — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
100 W
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGM7A-01 — — — — — — —

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

WQ 08M WQ 08M
WQ 08K WQ 08K
 -7

SGM7J-C2 150 W — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M


SGM7J-02 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

200 W
SGM7A-02 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGM7J-04 60 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
400 W
SGM7A-04 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGM7J-06 600 W — — — — — WV 14M — WV 14M WV 14M
SGM7J-08 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
750 W 80
SGM7A-08 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
AC servo motor
YASKAWA

WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMXJ-A5 — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
50 W
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMXA-A5 — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMXJ-01 — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
100 W 40
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMXA-01 — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMXJ-C2 — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
150 W
 -X

WQ 08K WQ 08K
SGMXA-C2 — — — — — — —


WQ 08M WQ 08M
SGMXJ-02 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
200 W
SGMXA-02 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGMXJ-04 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
400 W 60
SGMXA-04 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SGMXJ-06 — — — — — WV 14M — WV 14M WV 14M
600 W
SGMXA-06 — — — — — WV 14M — WV 14M WV 14M
SGMXJ-08 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
750 W 80
SGMXA-08 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

A
 515E

Rated Flange KR
Motor type
output size KR15 KR20 KR26 KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46 KR55 KR65
HG-AK0136 10 W WN 05D WN 05D WN 05D — — — — — —
HG-AK0236 20 W 25 WN 05D WN 05D WN 05D — — — — — —
HG-AK0336 30 W WN 05D WN 05D WN 05D — — — — — —
WQ 08D WQ 08D
HG-MR053 — WQ 08D WQ 08D — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
50 W
WQ 08D WQ 08D
HG-KR053 — WQ 08D WQ 08D — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
40
WQ 08D WQ 08D
HG-MR13 — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
J4

100 W
WQ 08D WQ 08D
HG-KR13 — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
HG-MR23 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
200 W
HG-KR23 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
Mitsubishi Electric

60
HG-MR43 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
MELSERVO

400 W
HG-KR43 — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
HG-MR73 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
750 W 80
HG-KR73 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
WQ 08D WQ 08D
HK-KT053W 50 W — WQ 08D WQ 08D — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
40
WQ 08D WQ 08D
HK-KT13W 100 W — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
J5

HK-KT23W 200 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

AC servo motor

60
HK-KT43W 400 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
HK-KT7M3W 750 W 80 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
WQ 08D WQ 08D
HF-KN053 50 W — WQ 08D WQ 08D — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
40
WQ 08D WQ 08D
HF-KN13 100 W — — — — — — —
JN

WQ 08M WQ 08M
HF-KN23 200 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
60
HF-KN43 400 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
WQ 08D WQ 08D
TS4602 50 W — WQ 08D WQ 08D — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
WQ 08D WQ 08D
TS4603 100 W 40 — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
WQ 08D WQ 08D
TBL-i

TS4604 150 W — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
TAMAGAWA SEIKI

TS4607 200 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

60
TS4609 400 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
TS4614 750 W 80 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M
WQ 08D WQ 08D
TSM3102 50 W — WQ 08D WQ 08D — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
40
WQ 08D WQ 08D
TSM3104 100 W — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
TBL-i

TSM3202 200 W — — — — — WV 14M — WV 14M WV 14M

60
TSM3204 400 W — — — — — WV 14M — WV 14M WV 14M
TSM3303 600 W — — — — — — WV 14M WZ 19M WZ 19M
80
TSM3304 750 W — — — — — — WV 14M WZ 19M WZ 19M

A
 515E

KR

Rated Flange KR
Motor type
output size KR15 KR20 KR26 KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46 KR55 KR65
WP 08D WP 08D
WP 08D WP 08D
MSMD5A — WP 08K WP 08K — — — —
WP 08K WP 08K
WP 08M WP 08M
50 W
WP 08D WP 08D
WP 08D WP 08D
MSME5A — WP 08K WP 08K — — — —
WP 08K WP 08K
WP 08M WP 08M
38
WP 08D WP 08D
MSMD01 — — — WP 08K WP 08K — — — —
WP 08M WP 08M

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

100 W
WP 08D WP 08D
A5

MSME01 — — — WP 08K WP 08K — — — —

WP 08M WP 08M
MSMD02 — — — — — WY 11M WY 11M — —
200 W
MSME02 — — — — — WY 11M WY 11M — —
60
MSMD04 — — — — — WY 14M WY 14M — —
400 W
MSME04 — — — — — WY 14M WY 14M — —
Panasonic

MSMD08 — — — — — — — W5 19M W5 19M

MINAS

750 W 80
MSME08 — — — — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
WP 08K WP 08K
MSMF5A 38 — WP 08K WP 08K — — — —
WP 08M WP 08M
50 W
WQ 08K WQ 08K
MHMF5A 40 — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
AC servo motor

WP 08K WP 08K
MSMF01 38 — — — — — — —
WP 08M WP 08M
100 W
WQ 08K WQ 08K
MHMF01 40 — — — — — — —
A6

WQ 08M WQ 08M
MSMF02 — — — — — WY 11M WY 11M — —
200 W
MHMF02 — — — — — WY 11M WY 11M — —
60
MSMF04 — — — — — WY 14M WY 14M — —
400 W
MHMF04 — — — — — WY 14M WY 14M — —
MSMF08 — — — — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
750 W 80
MHMF08 — — — — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SV-M005 50 W — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
40
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SV-M010 100 W — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
SV

SV-M020 200 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

60
SV-M040 400 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
KEYENCE

SV-M075 750 W 80 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

WQ 08K WQ 08K
SV2-M005 50 W — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
40
WQ 08K WQ 08K
SV2-M010 100 W — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
SV2

SV2-M020 200 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M

60
SV2-M040 400 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
SV2-M075 750 W 80 — — — — — — — WZ 19M WZ 19M

A
 515E

Rated Flange KR
Motor type
output size KR15 KR20 KR26 KR30H KR33 KR45H KR46 KR55 KR65
R2 A04005 50 W — WQ 08K WQ 08K WQ 08M WQ 08M — — — —
SANMOTION R
SANYO DENKI

R2EA04008 80 W 40 — — — WQ 08M WQ 08M — — — —

R2 A04010 100 W — — — WQ 08M WQ 08M — — — —
R2 A06020 200 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
60
R2AA06040 400 W — — — — — WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M WV 14M
R2AA08075 750 W 80 — — — — — — — WZ 16M WZ 16M
WQ 08K WQ 08K
R88M-K05030 50 W — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
40
WQ 08K WQ 08K
OMNUC

R88M-K10030 100 W — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
G5
AC servo motor

R88M-K20030 200 W — — — — — WY 11M WY 11M — —

60
OMRON

R88M-K40030 400 W — — — — — WY 14M WY 14M — —

R88M-K75030 750 W 80 — — — — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
WQ 08K WQ 08K
R88M-1M10030 100 W 40 — — — — — — —
WQ 08M WQ 08M
R88M-1M20030 200 W — — — — — WY 11M WY 11M — —
1S

60
R88M-1M40030 400 W — — — — — WY 14M WY 14M — —
R88M-1M75030 750 W 80 — — — — — — — W5 19M W5 19M
FANUC

series
 is


 is0.2/5000 50 W 40 — WQ 08K WQ 08K — — — — — —


Note 1) The symbols in the table indicate the housing A and intermediate flange.
Note 2) For the motor coupling, contact THK.
Note 3) The motor types in the table represent only some of the types available. For details regarding different types, please
see the catalog from each respective motor manufacturer.
Note 4) Model KR15 has a limit on input torque. The permissible input torque for model KR1501 is 0.051 N·m at maximum,
and that for model KR1502 is 0.103 N·m at [Link] the maximum torque of the motor mounted to model KR15
exceeds the permissible input torque, take safety measures such as setting a torque limit.

A
 515E

KR

Dimensional Drawing of Housing A/Intermediate Flange for Model KR

 For Model KR15
KR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

KR15
A0 6.5 25.5 12
30 19.5 7.5 17
4-3 through hole 24.4 2 6

 20H7
6.9

9.2
22.5
22.8

 17
 3h6
2.3

0.3

25.3

Intermediate Flange

KR15
6.5
AN
30 5
1.5
6.5 6.5 3
2-M2.5 depth 5
 20H7
 17
26
13

3.5

4-3.4 through hole

(PCD28, spaced every 90 )

KR15 7.5
AS
3 30 6
23 2.5
2-M2.5 depth 6
 22H7
 17
28

23
14
5.2

4.5

6.2 4-3 through hole

A
 515E

Motor Wrap Housing A

KR15
1.5 12

I 3h6 -00.006
20
22.5 30 11

I 14.5
9.2

7.5
0.3

4-M2.5 depth 5 Note) If motor wrap specifications are selected,

(PCD20, spaced 90 apart) it is necessary to consider shaft ends separately.
Please contact THK for details.

KR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

1.5

KR15
6.5
WN
5 30
3 2-M2.5 through

I 20
26

6.5
4-3.4 through hole counterbore depth 3.5
(PCD28, spaced 90 apart)
(From the backside)

A
 515E

KR

 For Model KR20

KR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

KR20
12 25 12
A0
39.6 23 8 18
4-M3 depth 6 33.6 3

 4h7
30

 23H7
29.5
30

 20
3.3 9.5
0.5 12.5

30
9
D2
PC

4-3.4 through hole

Intermediate Flange

KR20 10.5
AP 8.5
39.5 3.5
φ 30H7
φ 21
φ 20
38

4-M3 through
6

4-M3 depth 8.5

(PCD45, spaced 90 apart)

KR20 10.5
AQ 8.5
40 3.5
φ 30H7
φ 21
φ 20

4-M3 through
7

4-M4 depth 8.5

(PCD46, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR20 7
AR 42 5
31 2.5

φ 22H7
φ 21
φ 20
31
4-M3 through

4-3.4 through hole

8
φ 6.5 counterbore depth 3.5
(From the backside)

KR20 7
AS 39.5 5
23 2.5

4-M3 through
 22H7
 21
 20
28
23

1
4-3 through hole
counterbore depth 3.5
(From the backside)

KR20 7
AN 39.5 5
 20H7
26

6.5 4-M3 through

4-3.4 through hole counterbore depth 3.5
(PCD28, spaced every 90 )
(From the backside)

A
 515E

KR

Motor Wrap Housing A

KR20
1.5 12
20 12.5

I 4h7 -00.012
39.6 8
29.5

I 17.5

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

12.5
0.5

4-M3 depth 6 Note) If motor wrap specifications are selected,

(PCD23.5, spaced 90 apart) it is necessary to consider shaft ends separately.
Please contact THK for details.

KR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

KR20 KR20
WP 10.5 WQ 10.5
4-M3 through 4-M3 through
8.5 39.5 8.5 40
3.5 3

I 30 I 30
40
38

4-M3 depth 8.5 4-M4 depth 8.5

(PCD45, spaced 90 apart) (PCD46, spaced 90 apart)

KR20
WN
1.5

7
5 4-M3 through 39.5
I 20
26

6.5
4-3.4 through hole counterbore depth 3.5
(PCD28, spaced 90 apart)
(From the backside)

A
 515E

 For Model KR26

KR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

KR26
A0 49.4 4-M3 depth 6 12 34 14
43 29.5 10 20.5

 5h7
45

 24H7
38.5
38

11
0.5 15.5

45
6.5

3
D3
PC

4-3.5 through hole

Intermediate Flange

KR26
10.5
AP 8.5
49 3.5
φ 30H7
φ 21
38

4-M3 through
3

4-M3 depth 8.5

(PCD45, spaced 90 apart)

KR26
10.5
AQ
8.5
49 3.5
φ 30H7
φ 21
40

4-M3 through

4-M4 depth 8.5

4

(PCD46, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR

KR26 8.5
49 6.5
AR
31 2.5

φ 22H7
φ 21
42
31
4-M3 through

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

4-3.4 through hole

5
φ 6.5 counterbore depth 3.5
(From the backside)

KR26 8
AS 49 6
23 2.5

φ 22H7
φ 21
28
23

4-M3 through
5
4-3 through hole
counterbore depth 4
(From the backside)

KR26
7
AN 5
49
 20H7
26

6.5 4-M3 through

4-3.4 through hole counterbore depth 3.5
(PCD28, spaced every 90 )
(From the backside)

A
 515E

Motor Wrap Housing A

KR26 1.5 14
20 49.4 15

I 5h7 -00.012
10

I 17.5
38
15.5

4-M3 depth 6
0.5

Note) If motor wrap specifications are selected, it is necessary to

(PCD23.5, spaced 90 apart) consider shaft ends separately. Please contact THK for details.

KR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

KR26 KR26
10.5
WP 10.5 WQ
8.5
8.5 39.5 3.5
3.5 40
4-M3 through 4-M3 through

I 30 I 30
38

40

4-M3 depth 8.5 4-M4 depth 8.5

(PCD45, spaced 90 apart) (PCD46, spaced 90 apart)

KR26
1.5

WN
7
5 39.5
4-M3 through
I 20
26

6.5
4-3.4 through hole counterbore depth 3.5
(PCD28, spaced 90 apart)
(From the backside)

A
 515E

KR

 For Model KR30H

KR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

KR30H
10 31 18
A0
59.7 25 9 25
2-M3 depth 5 2-M4 through
34 3 12

30

 30H8
42.5

 28
43

PC 0.5 20.8

30

 6h7
0
D4

2-M4 depth 8

Intermediate Flange

KR30H
12
AP 10
42 3.5
φ 30H7
φ 28
40
6

2-3.4 through hole

4-M3 depth 10
(PCD45, spaced 90 apart)

KR30H
12
AQ 10
42 3.5
φ 30H7
φ 28
40
6

2-3.4 through hole

4-M4 depth 10
(PCD46, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR30H 42
AR 32 9
31 2-M3 through 7
(PCD40)

30

φ 22H7
31
8
2-M3 through 4-3.4 through hole
φ 6.5 counterbore depth 4
(From the backside)

KR30H 12
56.4 10
AT
47.14 2.5

0.15
0.05
47.14

 28
 38.1
6

2-3.4 through hole

6.9
4-M4 depth 10

KR30H 12
60 10
AU
50 2.5
 36H7
 28
50
6

2-3.4 through hole

8.7

4-M4 depth 10

A
 515E

KR

Motor Wrap Housing A

KR30H
3 15

I 6h7 -00.012
40
59.7 16
27 9

I 30.4
39.5

27

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

20.8
0.5

7.3

4-M4 depth 8
(Helisert 2D) Note) If motor wrap specifications are selected,
it is necessary to consider shaft ends separately.
Please contact THK for details.

KR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

KR30H KR30H
Thickness: 5 mm Thickness: 5 mm
WQ WP
4-M3 through 40 40
4-M3 through

I 31 I 31
44

44
23

23

4-M4 depth 5 4-M3 depth 5

(PCD46, spaced 90 apart) (PCD45, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

 For Model KR33

KR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

KR33
A0 60 10 31 18
2-3.5 through hole 40 25 9
32 3

45

 30H8
44.5

 28
8
44
22.5

45

6 7
0.5
0

4-M4 depth 10
D4
PC

(Spaced 90 apart)

Intermediate Flange

KR33 12
AP 42 10
32 3.5
2-M3 through
φ 30H7
φ 28
40
6

2-3.4 through hole

4-M3 depth 10
(PCD45, spaced 90 apart)

KR33 12
AQ 42 10
32 3.5
2-M3 through
φ 30H7
φ 28
40
6

2-3.4 through hole

4-M4 depth 10
(PCD46, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR

KR33 42
AR 32 9
2-M3 through 31 7

φ 22H7
8
31

30

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

2-M3 through 4-3.4 through hole
(PCD40) φ 6.5 counterbore depth 4
(From the backside)

KR33 56.4 12
AT 47.14 10
32 2.5
2-M3 through
(From the backside)

0.15
0.05
47.14

φ 28
φ 38.1
6

2-3.4 through hole

5.2
4-M4 depth 10

KR33 60 12
50 10
AU
32 2.5

2-M3 through
(From the backside)
φ 36H7
φ 28
50
6

2-3.4 through hole

4-M4 depth 10
7

A
 515E

Motor Wrap Housing A

KR33 3 15
60 16
40
27 9

I 30.4
I 6h7
44

4-M4 depth 8
0.5
22.5

Note) If motor wrap specifications are selected,

(Helisert 2D) it is necessary to consider shaft ends separately.
Please contact THK for details.

KR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

KR33 KR33
Thickness: 5 mm Thickness: 5 mm
WQ WP 40
40
4-M3 through 4-M3 through

I 31 I 31
44

44
23

23

4-M4 depth 5 4-M3 depth 5

(PCD46, spaced 90 apart) (PCD45, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR

 For Model KR45H

KR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

KR45H
4-M5 depth 10 14 51 23
A0 79.6 37 18 33
4-M4 depth 8
3.5 14

45
30

 50H8
62.5

 44
63

30

30
45

 10h7
0.5

PC
0
D6

D7
PC

Intermediate Flange

KR45H 12.5
AY 10
62 3.5
30

φ 50H7
φ 44
60

30

4-4.5 through hole

4-M4 depth 10 φ 8 counterbore depth 4.5
(PCD70, spaced 90 apart) (PCD60)

KR45H
62 12.5
AU 50 10
φ 36H7
30
60
50

30

4-M4 depth 10 4-4.5 through hole

φ 8 counterbore depth 4.5
(PCD60)

A
 515E

Motor Wrap Housing A

KR45H
3 20

I 10h7 -00.015
60 79.6 28
40 18

I 40.4
56.5

40
30
10
0.5

4-M5 depth 10
(Helisert 2D)

KR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

KR45H KR45H
Thickness: 6 mm Thickness: 6 mm
WV 60 WY 60
4-M5 through 4-M5 through

I 51 I 51
71

71
36.5

36.5

4-M5 depth 6 4-M4 depth 6

(PCD70, spaced 90° apart) (PCD70, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR

 For Model KR46

KR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

KR46 4-M4 depth 8 14 50.5 23
A0 (Spaced 90 apart) 83 36.5 18 33
4-M4 depth 8 60 3.5

45
31 27.5

30

 50H8
 44
64
63

30
45

 8h7
1

PC
4
D6

D6
PC

KR46
10
83
60
50
8
 36H
58.5
63

31
1

4-M4 depth 8

KR46
30 83
60
8
φ 50H
45°
58.5
63

φ4
4
31
1

4-M4 depth 8
D7
PC

(Spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR46
40 83
60
8
φ 50H

45°
58.5
63
φ4
4

31
1

0
4-M5 depth 10

D7
PC
(Spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR

Motor Wrap Housing A

KR46
3 20
60 83 28
4-M5 depth 10 40 18
(Helisert 2D)

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

I 40.4
I 8h7
63
31
1

KR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

KR46 KR46
Thickness: 6 mm Thickness: 6 mm
WV 4-M5 through 60 WY 4-M5 through 60

I 51 I 51
71

71
36.5

36.5

4-M5 depth 6 4-M4 depth 6

(PCD70, spaced 90 apart) (PCD70, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

 For Model KR55

KR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

KR55
A0 99 22 45 27
4-M5 depth 10 78 35 22 37

45

 50H8
 12h7
71.5
72

0.5 31.5

45
0
D7
PC

Intermediate Flange

KR55 15
80 12 3
A5
3.5
 70H7
 45

4-M5 depth 12 4-5.5 through hole

8

(PCD90, spaced 90 apart)  9.5 counterbore depth 5.4

(PCD70, spaced 90 apart)

KR55 15
AZ 12 3
80 3.5
φ 70H7
φ 45

4-5.5 through hole

φ 9.5 counterbore depth 9
8

4-M6 depth 12
(PCD90, spaced 90 apart) (PCD70, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR

KR55 15
85
A6 12 3
70
2.5

 60H7
 45
70 75
R4.

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

4-M6 depth 12 4-5.5 through hole counterbore depth 9

10.5
(Spaced 90 apart) (PCD70, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

Motor Wrap Housing A

KR55 3 24
20 99 32

I 12h7 -00.018
45 22
71.5

I 41
45
31.5
9
0.5

4-M6 depth 12

KR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

KR55 KR55
Thickness: 6 mm Thickness: 6 mm
WV W5 80
4-M5 through 60 4-M5 through

I 51 I 71
71

90
36.5

4-M5 depth 6 4-M5 depth 6

(PCD70, spaced 90 apart) (PCD90, spaced 90 apart)

KR55
Thickness: 6 mm
WZ 80
4-M5 through

I 71
90

4-M6 depth 6
(PCD90, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR

 For Model KR65

KR Actuator model number
: Housing A
: Intermediate flange

Housing A

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

KR65
PC 30 35 35
A0 D9 128 36 16 48
PC 0
D1 102 3.5
00

45
30

 70H8

 15h7
 60
82
83

37

30
45
1

4-M6 depth 12
4-M6 depth 12

Intermediate Flange

KR65 15
AV 74 12 3
 50H7

4-M5 through 4-6.6 through hole

 11 counterbore depth 6.5
(PCD70, spaced 90 apart)
(PCD90, spaced 90 apart)

KR65 15
12 3
A5 100 3.5
30

φ 70H7
φ 60
80

30

4-M5 through 4-6.6 through hole

2

(PCD90, spaced 90 apart) φ 11 counterbore depth 6.5

(PCD100)

A
 515E

KR65 100 15
70 12 3
A6

30°

φ 60H7
85

70
30°

4-M6 through 4-6.6 through hole

4.5
φ 11 counterbore depth 6.5
(PCD100)

KR65 18
AZ 80 15 3
3.5

φ 70H7
φ 60

4-7 through hole

2
(PCD90, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

KR

Motor Wrap Housing A

KR65
30
128 29 35

I 15h7 -00.018
56 16

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

56
82
37
16
1

4-M6 depth 12

KR Actuator model number

W : Intermediate flange

Motor Wrap Specifications (Intermediate Flange)

KR65 86 KR65 86
Thickness: 6 mm Thickness: 6 mm
WV 74 W5 74
4-M5 through 4-M5 through

I 51 I 71
100

100
86

86

4-M5 depth 6 4-M5 depth 6

(PCD70, spaced 90 apart) (PCD90, spaced 90 apart)

KR65
Thickness: 6 mm
WZ 86
4-M5 through

I 71
100

4-M6 depth 6
(PCD90, spaced 90 apart)

A
 515E

XY Bracket (for Reference)

Brackets for installation are only available for models SKR33/46 and models KR33/46. The brackets
use aluminum to reduce the weight and keep inertia as low as possible.

KR-008XS (for Model KR33, Single-Axis Type, and for Model SKR33, without Cover, Single-Axis
Type)
30 20 31 2-M5 helisert 2D

15

65 62 30
80

35
15 2 R5 18

2-6.6 through hole,  11 counterbore depth 6.5 17.5 46 17.5 20 20

81 40

KR-008XL (for Model KR46, Single-Axis Type, and for Model SKR46, Single-Axis Type)
30 20 31 2-M6 helisert 2D

20

90 87 46
105

39
15 2 R5 18

2-6.6 through hole,  11 counterbore depth 6.5 17.5 46 17.5 20 20

81 40

A
 515E

KR

KR-003XS (for Model KR33, Outer Rail Fixed, and for Model SKR33, without Cover, Outer Rail Fixed)

KR46A+KR33A 30 20 31 4-M5 helisert 2D

SKR46A+SKR33A 15
Without Cover
65 62 30
80

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

35
15 2 R5 18

4-6.6 through hole,  11 counterbore depth 6.5 17.5 46 17.5 7 100 7

81 114

KR-003XL (for Model KR46, Outer Rail Fixed, and for Model SKR46, Outer Rail Fixed)

KR46A+KR46A 30 20 31 4-M6 helisert 2D

SKR46A+SKR46A 20

90 87 46
105

39
15 2 R5 18

4-6.6 through hole,  11 counterbore depth 6.5 17.5 46 17.5 7 100 7

81 114

KR-002XS (for Model KR33, Slider Fixed, and for Model SKR33, with Cover, Slider Fixed)

KR46A+KR33A 4-5.5 through hole,  9.5 counterbore depth 5.4

(From the backside)
SKR46A+SKR33A 30 20 31 42 30 42
With Cover 6

87 74
90
105

15 2 R5 18 25

4-6.6 through hole,  11 counterbore depth 6.5 17.5 46 17.5 7 100 7

81 114

A
 515E

Example Combinations

Single Axis Fixed Slider

Fixed Outer Rail

A
515E

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

KR

A
 515E

Model No. LM Guide Actuator

Ball screw
Model No. Inner block type QZ specification Stroke Accuracy grade
lead

SKR33 10 A QZ - 0270 - P

SKR20 01: 1 mm A No symbol: No QZ 0020: 20 mm No symbol: Normal grade

SKR26 02: 2 mm B QZ 0025: 25 mm H: High Accuracy grade
SKR33 06: 6 mm C QZA to P: Precision grade
SKR46 10: 10 mm D QZB 1490: 1,490 mm
SKR55 20: 20 mm QZAD
SKR65 25: 25 mm
30: 30 mm
QZ specification can be selected If QZ, QZA, QZB, or QZAD is
KR15 40: 40 mm
on the following models. selected for QZ specification ,
KR20 50: 50 mm
SKR33 ( A ) specify a stroke incorporating QZ.
KR26
SKR46 ( A ) ( A A )
KR30H
KR33 ( A ) If "2: With bellows" has been
KR33
KR46 ( A ) selected for Cover , specify a
KR45H
KR55 ( A ) stroke incorporating the bellows.
KR46
KR65 ( A ) ( A A )
KR55
*It cannot be selected for SKR20,
KR65
SKR26, SKR55, SKR65, KR15,
KR20, KR26, KR30H, and KR45H.

The available ball screw leads differ depending on the model.

SKR20: "01," "06"
SKR26: "02," "06"
SKR33: "06," "10," "20" (20 mm available for inner block A and B only)
SKR46: "10," "20"
SKR55: "20," "30," "40"
SKR65: "20," "25," "30," "50"
KR15: "01," "02"
KR20: "01," "06"
KR26: "02," "06"
KR30H: "06," "10"
KR33: "06," "10"
KR45H: "10," "20"
KR46: "10," "20"
KR55: "20"
KR65: "25"

A
 515E

Model No.

Housing A/
With/without a motor Cover Sensor
intermediate flange

0 - 1 B AQ

LM Guide Actuator
With direct coupling 0: Without cover 0: None With direct coupling With motor wrap
0: Direct coupling (without motor) 1: With cover 1 A0 WN-05D
1: Direct coupling 2: With bellows 2 AN WP-08D
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) 6 AP WP-08K
With motor wrap 7 AQ WP-08M
R1: Non-standard side wrap (without motor) B AR WQ-08D
R2: Standard side wrap (without motor) E AS WQ-08K
R3: Bottom side wrap (without motor) H AT WQ-08M
R4: Non-standard side wrap L AU WV-14M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) J AV WY-11M
R5: Standard side wrap M AY WY-14M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) AZ WZ-16M
R6: Bottom side wrap A5 WZ-19M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) If QZ specification "QZ," A6 W5-19M
"QZA," "QZB," or "QZAD" is 10
selected, "2: With bellows" 20
cannot be selected. 30
40
60
If "0" is selected:
No coupling will be attached. Please specify if a coupling is required when
ordering.
10, 30, and 40 are only
If "R1," "R2," or "R3" is selected: available for the KR.
A timing pulley and timing belt will be included.

If "1," "R4," "R5," or "R6" is selected:

The designated motor will be mounted. Please specify the motor cable
direction separately.
Please select an option for Housing A/intermediate flange that
matches the specified motor.
This product is compatible with motors from various manufacturers. Contact THK for details.

Motor wrap direction

With motor wrap
Symbol "R2" or "R5" Symbol "R1" or "R4"
Standard side (left wrap) Non-standard side wrap

B
Symbol "R3" or "R6"
Bottom side wrap
Motor wrap direction (from side B)

A
 515E

Handling Precautions LM Guide Actuator

Handling
(1) Do not disassemble the parts. This will result in loss of functionality.
(2) Take care not to drop or strike this product. Otherwise, it may cause injury or damage the unit.
Even if there is no outward indication of damage, a sudden impact could prevent the unit from
functioning properly.
(3) Wear appropriate safety gear, such as protective gloves and safety shoes, when handling the
product.

Use
(1) Prevent foreign materials, such as cutting chips or coolant, from entering the product. Failure to
do so could damage the product.
(2) If the product is used in an environment where cutting chips, coolant, corrosive solvents, water,
etc. may enter the product, use bellows, covers, etc. to prevent them from entering the product.
(3) If foreign material such as cutting chips adhere to the product, replenish the lubricant after cleaning
the product.
(4) The operating temperature range for this product is between 0°C to 40°C (no freezing or con-
densation). Contact THK if you are considering using this product outside of the operating tem-
perature range.
(5) Using this product in excess of the critical speed may damage the components or cause an ac-
cident. Be sure to use the product within the specification range designated by THK.
(6) Very small strokes can inhibit the formation of an oil film between the raceways and the area of
contact for the rolling elements, resulting in fretting. Therefore, be sure to use a type of grease
with high fretting resistance properties if the stroke will be small. We recommend periodically
allowing the nut to stroke a distance roughly equal to its length to help ensure that a film forms
between the raceways and rolling elements.
(7) Do not forcibly drive a pin, key, or other positioning device into the product. This could create in-
dentations on the raceway and impair the product’s function.
(8) Do not touch any moving parts while the product is in operation or in an operable state. In addition,
do not enter the operating range of the actuator.
(9) If performing a task involving multiple people, confirm how to perform the work, what signals will
be used, and how to handle problems before beginning, and assign another person to monitor
the work.
(10) If the mounting material lacks sufficient rigidity or accuracy, the bearing load may be focused in
one area, and bearing functionality will dramatically decrease.
Therefore, carefully consider the rigidity and accuracy of the housing and base, and the strength
of the securing bolts.
(11) In applications where this product will be moved or transferred, the operating conditions may
cause inertia from the motor’s mass to result in damage to the motor attachment (Housing A) or
other parts. Please contact THK before use.

A
 515E

Handling Precautions

Lubrication
(1) Thoroughly wipe off the anti-rust oil before using the product.
(2) The SKR/KR must be lubricated in order for it to demonstrate its full performance.
Insufficient lubrication may increase wear on the rolling elements and lead to premature damage.
The standard grease used for this product is shown below.
Model KR15 THK AFF Grease
Models SKR20, SKR26, KR20, KR26 THK AFA Grease
Models SKR33, SKR46, SKR55, SKR65,

LM Guide Actuator
THK AFB-LF Grease
KR30H, KR33, KR45H, KR46, KR55, KR65

(3) Do not mix different lubricants. Even greases containing the same type of thickening agent may,
if mixed, interact negatively due to disparate additives or other ingredients.
(4) When using the product in locations exposed to constant vibrations or in special environments
such as clean rooms, vacuums, and extreme heat or cold, use a lubricant suitable for its use/
environment.
(5) Contact THK if oil lubricant will be used.
(6) The greasing interval will vary depending on the operating conditions, so we recommend deter-
mining the interval based on the initial inspection. How often lubricant should be replenished var-
ies depending on the operating conditions and environment. We recommend lubricating the sys-
tem approximately every 100 km traveled (3 to 6 months). The final lubrication interval/amount
should be set at the actual machine.
(7) The consistency of grease changes according to the temperature. Please keep in mind that the
product’s sliding resistance may be affected by changes in viscosity.
(8) After lubrication, the sliding resistance of the product may increase due to the stirring resistance
of the grease. Be sure to perform a warming-up operation and allow the grease to break in suf-
ficiently before operating the machinery.
(9) Excess grease may spatter immediately after lubrication, so wipe off spattered grease as neces-
sary.
(10) Grease deteriorates over time, which decreases the lubricity, so perform regular grease inspec-
tions and replenish grease based on frequency of use.

Storage
When storing the product, pack it as designated by THK and store it indoors in a horizontal position
away from high or low temperatures and high humidity.
Please note that if the product has been kept in storage for an extended period, the lubricant inside
may have deteriorated. Please ensure that you replenish the lubricant before use.

Disposal
The product should be treated as industrial waste and disposed of appropriately.

Instruction Manual
You can download the “LM Guide Actuator Models SKR/KR -- Instruction Manual” from the THK
technical support website.
Technical support website: [Link]

A
 515E

A
 515E

LM Guide Actuator
General Catalog

B
 515E

LM Guide Actuator
General Catalog

B Support Book
Features................................................ B2-6
Features of the LM Guide Actuator........ B2-6
• Structure and Features ......................... B2-6
• Caged Ball Technology (SKR) ................ B2-8
• Types and Configurations...................... B2-9

Selection Criteria ................................. B2-11

Static Safety Factor ............................... B2-11
Service Life ............................................ B2-12
Example of Calculating the Nominal Life .. B2-15

Options ................................................. B2-24

QZ Lubricator......................................... B2-25
Cover ..................................................... B2-25
Bellows .................................................. B2-26
Sensor ................................................... B2-26
XY Bracket (for Reference) ................... B2-27

Model No. ............................................. B2-28

Handling Precautions.......................... B2-30

B
 515E

A Product Descriptions (Separate)

Caged Ball LM Guide Actuator Model SKR .. A2-4 SKR65 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-62
• Structure and Features ......................... A2-4 SKR65 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-63
• Caged Ball Technology ......................... A2-6 • Mass of Moving Elements ..................... A2-64
• Types and Configurations...................... A2-9
• Load Ratings in All Directions and Static Permissible Moment .. A2-11 Options ................................................. A2-65
• Maximum Speeds with Different Strokes .. A2-16 QZ Lubricator......................................... A2-65
• Lubrication .......................................... A2-18 Bellows .................................................. A2-76
• Static Safety Factor .............................. A2-19 Sensor ................................................... A2-81
• Service Life ......................................... A2-20 Intermediate Flange (Direct Coupling)... A2-85
• Accuracy Standards ............................. A2-24 Intermediate Flange (Motor Wrap).. ...... A2-89
• Model Number Coding .......................... A2-28
LM Guide Actuator Model KR ............. A2-112
Dimensional Drawing, Dimensional Table • Structure and Features ......................... A2-112
SKR20 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-30 • Types and Configurations...................... A2-116
SKR20 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-31 • Load Ratings in All Directions and Static Permissible Moment .. A2-118
SKR20 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-32 • Maximum Speeds with Different Strokes .. A2-124
SKR20 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-33 • Lubrication .......................................... A2-126
SKR26 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-34 • Static Safety Factor .............................. A2-127
SKR26 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-35 • Service Life ......................................... A2-128
SKR26 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-36 • Accuracy Standards ............................. A2-132
SKR26 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-37 • Model Number Coding .......................... A2-136
SKR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-38
SKR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-39 Dimensional Drawing, Dimensional Table
SKR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-40 KR15 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-138
SKR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-41 KR15 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-139
SKR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-42 KR15 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-140
SKR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-43 KR15 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-141
SKR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-44 KR20 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-142
SKR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-45 KR20 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-143
SKR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-46 KR20 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-144
SKR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-47 KR20 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-145
SKR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-48 KR26 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-146
SKR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-49 KR26 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-147
SKR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-50 KR26 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-148
SKR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-51 KR26 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-149
SKR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ....... A2-52 KR30H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-150
SKR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap ............ A2-53 KR30H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-151
SKR55 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-54 KR30H Without Cover, Motor Wrap....... A2-152
SKR55 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-55 KR30H With Cover, Motor Wrap............ A2-153
SKR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap KR30H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling. . A2-154
Motor Flange Size, 60×60 ..................... A2-56 KR30H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-155
SKR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap KR30H Without Cover, Motor Wrap....... A2-156
Motor Flange Size, 60×60 ..................... A2-57 KR30H With Cover, Motor Wrap............ A2-157
SKR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap KR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-158
Motor Flange Size, 80×80 ..................... A2-58 KR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-159
SKR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap KR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-160
Motor Flange Size, 80×80 ..................... A2-59 KR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-161
SKR65 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling.. A2-60 KR33 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-162
SKR65 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-61 KR33 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-163

B
 515E

KR33 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-164

KR33 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-165
KR45H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-166
KR45H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-167
KR45H Without Cover, Motor Wrap....... A2-168
KR45H With Cover, Motor Wrap............ A2-169
KR45H Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-170
KR45H With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-171
KR45H Without Cover, Motor Wrap....... A2-172
KR45H With Cover, Motor Wrap............ A2-173
KR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .... A2-174
KR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling..... A2-175
KR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-176
KR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-177
KR46 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-178
KR46 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-179
KR46 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-180
KR46 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-181
KR55 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-182
KR55 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-183
KR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap
Motor Flange Size, 60×60 ..................... A2-184
KR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap
Motor Flange Size, 60×60 ..................... A2-185
KR55 Without Cover, Motor Wrap
Motor Flange Size, 80×80 ..................... A2-186
KR55 With Cover, Motor Wrap
Motor Flange Size, 80×80 ..................... A2-187
KR65 Without Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-188
KR65 With Cover, Direct Motor Coupling .. A2-189
KR65 Without Cover, Motor Wrap ......... A2-190
KR65 With Cover, Motor Wrap .............. A2-191
• Mass of Moving Elements ..................... A2-192

Options ................................................. A2-193

QZ Lubricator......................................... A2-193
Bellows .................................................. A2-204
Sensor ................................................... A2-210
Intermediate Flange (Direct Coupling)... A2-214
Intermediate Flange (Motor Wrap) ........ A2-218
XY Bracket (for Reference) ................... A2-248

Model No. ............................................. A2-252

Handling Precautions.......................... A2-254

B
 515E

B
 515E

Features LM Guide Actuator

Features of the LM Guide Actuator

LM Guide + Ball Screw = Integrated-Structure Actuator Stopper
Housing B
Ball screw

Inner block

Grease nipple

Outer rail Bearing (supported side)

Housing A Stopper

Double-row ball circuit

Bearing (fixed side)

Fig. 1: Structure of LM Guide Actuator Model KR

Structure and Features

LM Guide Actuator Model SKR and Model KR achieve high rigidity and high accuracy in minimal
space thanks to the highly rigid U-shaped cross section of their outer rails and their inner block that
features LM Guide units on both side faces and integrated ball screw units in the center.
In addition, since housings A and B also serve as support units and the inner block serves as a
table, this model allows for a significant reduction in labor hours required for design and assembly,
thus contributing to an overall lower cost.
By using ball cages in the LM Guide and the ball screw, this model achieves high speeds, low noise,
and long-term maintenance-free operation superior to the conventional Model KR. (For models
SKR20 and SKR26, a ball cage is only utilized in the LM Guide, and the ball screws are fitted with
QZ Lubricators).

B
 515E

Features
Features of the LM Guide Actuator

4-Way Equal Load

Each row of balls is arranged at a contact angle
of 45° so that the load rating on the inner block
is uniform in the four directions (radial, reverse-
radial, and lateral directions), enabling the
Model SKR and Model KR to be used in any
mounting orientation.

LM Guide Actuator
Fig. 2: Load Capacity and Contact Angle of Model SKR/KR

High Accuracy
Since the linear guide consists of four rows
Center of ball rotation
of circular-arc grooves that enable balls to
smoothly move with two points of contact even
under a preload, a highly rigid guide with no
clearance is achieved. Additionally, variation in
frictional resistance caused by load fluctuation
is minimized, allowing highly accurate feeding.
The system contributes significantly to increas-
ing precision and quality by providing precision-
grade positioning performance to all kinds of
machines. Fig. 3: Contact Structure of Model SKR/KR

High Rigidity
Use of an outer rail with a U-shaped cross sec- Table 1: Cross-Sectional Characteristics of the Outer Rail
tion increases the rigidity against moments and Model No. IX (mm4) IY (mm4) Mass (kg/m)
torsion. SKR20 6.0 10 3
6.14 104 2.6
Y axis SKR26 1.66 104 1.48 105 3.9
Center point of gravity SKR33 5.35 104 3.52 105 6.1
SKR46 2.05 105 1.45 106 12.6
SKR55 2.07 105 2.09 106 13.2
SKR65 4.51 105 5.73 106 22.1
KR15 9.08 102 1.42 104 1.04
KR20 6.1 103 6.2 104 2.6
X axis
KR26 1.7 104 1.5 105 3.9
KR30H 2.7 104 2.8 105 5.0
KR33 6.2 104 3.8 105 6.6
Fig. 4: Cross Section of the Outer Rail
KR45H 8.4 104 8.9 105 9.0
KR46 2.4 105 1.5 106 12.6
KR55 2.2 105 2.3 106 15.0
KR65 4.6 105 5.9 106 23.1
lX = geometric moment of inertia around X axis
lY = geometric moment of inertia around Y axis

B
 515E

Caged Ball Technology (SKR)

High Lubricity
Model SKR uses ball cages to eliminate friction between balls and significantly improve torque char-
acteristics. As a result, torque fluctuation is reduced and superb lubricity is achieved.
Item Description
Shaft diameter/lead ø13/10 mm
Shaft rotation speed 60 min-1

0.06
Model SKR3310A (Caged Ball)
0.04
Model KR3310A (Full Ball)
Torque (N·m)

0.02

–0.02

–0.04

–0.06
0 20 40 60 80
Time (s)
Fig. 5: Comparison of Torque Fluctuation between Model SKR and Model KR

Low Noise and Reduced Running Sound

In Model SKR, the use of a ball cage in the LM Guide and ball screw (excluding models SKR20/26)
has eliminated collision noise between the balls. As a result, low noise and acceptable running
sound are achieved.
70
SKR4610A
KR4610A
Noise level (dBA)

60

50

40
0 200 400 600 800
Speed: v (mm/s)
Fig. 6: Comparison of Noise between Model SKR4610A and Model KR4610A

B
 515E

Features
Features of the LM Guide Actuator

Types and Configurations

Types

SKR/KR-A (with a Single Long Block)

These are representative models for SKR/KR.

LM Guide Actuator
SKR/KR-B (with Two Long Blocks)
These models use two type A inner blocks to
achieve high rigidity and high load capacity.

SKR/KR-C (with a Single Short Block)

These models use a type A block with a
shortened overall length to extend the stroke.
(Applicable models: SKR33,* 46, KR30H, 33, 45H, 46)
* There are no short blocks for SKR3320.

SKR/KR-D (with Two Short Blocks)

These models use two type C inner blocks, and
the distance between blocks can be adjusted to
the device, allowing for high rigidity.
(Applicable models: SKR33,* 46, KR30H, 33, 45H, 46)
* There are no short blocks for SKR3320.

B
 515E

Configurations

SKR/KR Direct Motor Coupling (Without Cover)

Direct Motor Coupling (With Cover)

Motor Wrap (Without Cover)

Motor Wrap (Without Cover)

B
 515E

Selection Criteria LM Guide Actuator

Static Safety Factor

Calculating the Static Safety Factor
 LM Guide Unit
To calculate a load applied to the LM Guide of models SKR and KR, the average load required for
calculating the service life and the maximum load needed for calculating the static safety factor must

LM Guide Actuator
be obtained first. In particular, if the system starts and stops frequently, or if a large moment caused
by an overhanging load is applied to the system, it may receive an unexpectedly large load.
When selecting a model number, make sure that the desired model is capable of receiving the re-
quired maximum load (whether stationary or in motion).

C0
fs =
Pmax
fS : Static safety factor
C0 : Basic static load rating (N)
Pmax : Maximum applied load (N)
*The basic static load rating is a static load with a constant direction and magnitude whereby the sum of the permanent de-
formation of the rolling element and that of the raceway on the contact area under the maximum stress is 0.0001 times the
rolling element diameter.

 Ball Screw Unit/Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

If an unexpected external force is applied in the axial direction as a result of inertia caused by an im-
pact, start, or stop while models SKR and KR are stationary or operating, it is necessary to take into
account the static safety factor.

C0a
fs =
Fmax
fS : Static safety factor
C0a : Basic static load rating (N)
Fmax : Maximum applied load (N)

Standard Values for the Static Safety Factor (fS)

Machine type Load conditions Minimum static safety factor (fS)

General industrial Without vibrations or impacts 1.0 to 3.5

machinery With vibrations or impacts 2.0 to 5.0
*The standard value of the static safety factor may vary depending on the load conditions as well as environment, lubrication
status, mounting accuracy, and/or rigidity.

B
 515E

Service Life
Models SKR and KR consist of an LM Guide, a ball screw, and a support bearing. The nominal life
of each component can be obtained using the basic dynamic load rating indicated in Table 4 on
A and Table 3 on A (Rated Load of Model KR).

LM Guide Unit
 Nominal Life
Calculating the Nominal Life
The nominal life (L10) of an LM Guide with balls is obtained from the following formula using the ba-
sic dynamic load rating (C), based on a reference distance of 50 km, and the calculated load acting
on the LM Guide (PC).
• LM Guide with balls (Using a basic dynamic load rating based on a nominal life of 50 km)

( )
3
C L10 : Nominal life (km)
L10 = 50 1 C : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
PC
PC : Calculated load (N)
*These nominal life formulas may not apply if the length of the stroke is less than or equal to twice the length of the LM block.

When comparing the nominal life (L10), you must take into account whether the basic dynamic load
rating was defined based on 50 km or 100 km. Convert the basic dynamic load rating based on ISO
14728-1 as necessary.
ISO-regulated basic dynamic load rating conversion formula:
• LM Guide with balls
C50 C50 : Basic dynamic load rating based on a
C100 = nominal life of 50 km
1.26
C100 : Basic dynamic load rating based on a
nominal life of 100 km
Calculating the Modified Nominal Life
During use, an LM Guide may be subjected to vibrations and shocks as well as fluctuating loads,
which are difficult to detect. In addition, having LM blocks arranged directly behind one another will
have a decisive impact on the service life. Taking these factors into account, the modified nominal
life (L10m) can be calculated according to formula (2) below.
Modified factor 
fC  : Modified factor
α= fC : Contact factor (see Table 1 on B )
fW
fW : Load factor (see Table 2 on B )
Modified nominal life L10m
• LM Guide with balls

( )
3
C L10m : Modified nominal life (km)
L10m = α 50 2 C : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
PC
PC : Calculated load (N)

B
 515E

Selection Criteria
Service Life

● If a moment is applied to models SKR-B/D or models KR-B/D using two inner blocks in close
contact with each other, calculate the equivalent load by multiplying the applied moment by the
equivalent factor indicated in Table 10 on A and Table 9 on A .

Pm = K•M
Pm : Equivalent load (per inner block) (N)
K : Equivalent moment factor
(see Table 10 on A and Table 9 on A )

LM Guide Actuator
M : Applied moment (N·mm)
(If planning to use with a wide inner block span, contact THK.)

● If moment Mc is applied to Model SKR-B/D or KR-B/D

KC•MC
Pm =
2

● If a radial load (P) and a moment are simultaneously applied to models SKR and KR
PE = P m + P
PE : Total equivalent radial load (N)
Perform a nominal life calculation using the above data.

 Service Life Time

When the nominal life (L10) has been obtained, the service life time is obtained using the following
equation (if the stroke length and the number of reciprocations per minute are constant).
6
L10 10
Lh =
2 • ℓS • n1 60
Lh : Service life time (h)
ℓS : Stroke length (mm)
n1 : Number of reciprocations per minute (min 1)

Ball Screw Unit/Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

 Nominal Life
Calculating the Nominal Life
The nominal life (L10) is obtained from the following equation using the basic dynamic load rating (Ca)
and the load acting on the ball screw in the axial direction (Fa).

( )
3
Ca L10 : Nominal life (rev.)
L10 = 106 1 Ca : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
Fa
Fa : Axial load (N)

B
 515E

Calculating the Modified Nominal Life

During use, a ball screw may be subjected to vibrations and shocks as well as fluctuating loads,
which are difficult to detect. Taking these factors into account, the modified nominal life (L10m) can be
calculated according to formula (2) below.
● Modified factor 
1  : Modified factor
α= fW : Load factor (see Table 2)
fW
● Modified nominal life L10m

( )
3
Ca L10m : Modified nominal life (rev.)
L10m = α 106 2  : Modified factor
Fa
Ca : Basic dynamic load rating (N)
Fa : Axial load (N)

 Service Life Time

When the nominal life (L10) has been obtained, the service life time is obtained using the following
equation (if the stroke length and the number of reciprocations per minute are constant).

L 10• ℓ Lh : Service life time (h)

Lh = ℓS : Stroke length (mm)
2 • ℓ S • n1 60
n1 : Number of reciprocations per minute (min 1)
ℓ : Ball screw lead (mm)
fC: Contact Factor
If two inner blocks are used in close contact with Table 1: Contact Factor (fC)
each other with models SKR-B/D and KR-B/D, Inner block types Contact factor fC
multiply the basic load rating by the correspond- Model SKR, KR-B
0.81
ing contact factor indicated in Table 1. Model SKR, KR-D

fW: Load Factor

Table 2 shows load factors. Table 2: Load Factor (fW)

Vibrations/impacts Speed (V) fW

Very low
Faint 1 to 1.2
V 0.25 m/s
Slow
Weak 1.2 to 1.5
0.25 < V 1 m/s
Medium
Medium 1.5 to 2
1<V 2 m/s
High
Strong 2 to 3.5
V > 2 m/s

K: Moment Equivalent Factor (LM Guide Unit)

When the product travels under a moment, the distribution of load applied to the LM Guide is locally
large (see A ). In such cases, calculate the load by multiplying the moment value by the
corresponding moment equivalent factor indicated in Table 10 on A and Table 9 on
A .
Symbols KA, KB, and KC indicate the moment equivalent loads in the MA, MB, and MC directions, re-
spectively.

B
 515E

Selection Criteria
Example of Calculating the Nominal Life

Example of Calculating the Nominal Life

Operating Conditions (Horizontal Installation)
Assumed model number : KR 5520A
LM Guide unit (C = 38,100 N, C0 = 61,900 N)
Ball screw unit (Ca = 3,620 N, C0a = 9,290 N)
Bearing unit (fixed side) (Ca = 7,600 N, P0a = 3,990 N)
Mass : m = 30 kg
Speed : v = 500 mm/s

LM Guide Actuator
Acceleration :  = 2.4 m/s2
Stroke : ℓs = 1,200 mm
Gravitational acceleration : g = 9.807 m/s2
Velocity diagram : see Fig. 1

mm/s
v

m m

193

0.21 2.19 0.21 s

Thrust center 40 52.5 1,095 52.5 mm
2.61 s
1,200 mm

Fig. 1: Velocity Diagram

Consideration
 Studying the LM Guide Unit
Load Applied to the Inner Block
Assuming that a single inner block is used, convert applied moments MA and MB into applied load
by multiplying them by the moment equivalent factor (KA = KB = 8.63 10−2).
Assuming that a single shaft is used, convert applied moment MC into applied load by multiplying
it by the moment equivalent factor (KC = 2.83 10-2).

B
 515E

● During uniform motion:

P1 = mg + KC·mg 40 = 627 N
● During acceleration:
P1a = P1 + KA·m 193 = 1,826 N
P1aT = – KB·m 40 = – 249 N
● During deceleration:
P1d = P1– KA·m 193 = –572 N
P1dT = KB·m 40 = 249 N
Since the groove under a load is different from the assumed groove, give “0” (zero) to P1aT and P1d.

Combined Radial and Thrust Load

● During uniform motion:
P1E = P1 = 627 N
● During acceleration:
P1aE = P1a + P1aT = 1,826 N
● During deceleration:
P1dE = P1d + P1dT = 249 N

Static Safety Factor

C0 C0
fs = = = 33.9
Pmax P1aE

Nominal Life
● Average load

1 3 3 3
Pm = 3 (P1E 1,095+ P 1aE 52.5+P 1dE 52.5) = 790 N
ℓS
● Nominal life
3
C
L10m = α ( Pm )
50 = 3.2510
6
km

1
α=
fW
fW : Load factor (1.2)

B
 515E

Selection Criteria
Example of Calculating the Nominal Life

 Studying the Ball Screw Unit

Axial Load
● During forward uniform motion:
Fa1 = ·mg + f = 11 N
 : Friction coefficient (0.005)
f : Rolling resistance of one KR inner block + seal resistance (10.0 N)
● During forward acceleration:
Fa2 = Fa1 + m = 83 N
● During forward deceleration:

LM Guide Actuator
Fa3 = Fa1–m = –61 N
● During uniform backward motion:
Fa4 = –Fa1 = –11 N
● During backward acceleration:
Fa5 = Fa4–m = –83 N
● During backward deceleration:
Fa6 = Fa4 + m = 61 N
Since the groove under a load is different from the assumed groove, give “0” (zero) to Fa3, Fa4
and Fa5.

Static Safety Factor

C 0a C 0a
fs = = = 111.9
Famax Fa2

Buckling Load
n · 2 · E · I
P1 = 0.5 = 11,000 N
ℓa
2

P1 : Buckling load (N)

ℓa : Distance between two mounting surfaces (1,300 mm)
E : Young’s modulus (2.06 105 N/mm2)
n : Factor for mounting method (fixed-fixed: 4.0, see A )
0.5 : Safety factor
I : Minimum geometrical moment of inertia of the shaft (mm4)
π
I= · d14
64
d1 : Screw-shaft thread minor diameter (17.5 mm)

B
 515E

Permissible Tensile Compressive Load


P2 =  · · d12 = 35,300 N
4
P2 : Permissible tensile compressive load (N)
 : Permissible tensile compressive stress (147 N/mm2)
d1 : Screw-shaft thread minor diameter (17.5 mm)

Critical Speed

60 · 
2 3
E10 ·I
N1 = 2 · 0.8 = 1,560 min1
2 · ℓ b  ·A
N1 : Critical speed (min 1)
ℓb : Distance between two mounting surfaces (1,300 mm)
 : Density (7.85 10-6 kg/mm3)
 : Factor according to the mounting method (fixed-supported 3.927, see A )
0.8 : Safety factor

DN Value
DN = 31,125 ( 50,000)
D : Ball center-to-center diameter (20.75 mm)
N : Maximum working rotation speed (1,500 min 1)

Nominal Life
● Average axial load

1 3 3 3
Fam = 3
(Fa1 1,095 + F a2 52.5 + F a6 52.5) = 26.2 N
2 · ℓS
● Nominal life

( αF C )
3
ℓ = 3.05
a 7
L10m = 10 km
am

1
α=
fw
fW : Load factor (1.2)
ℓ : Ball screw lead (20 mm)

B
 515E

Selection Criteria
Example of Calculating the Nominal Life

 Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

Axial Load (Same as the Ball Screw Unit)
Fa1 = 11 N
Fa2 = 83 N
Fa3 = 0 N
Fa4 = 0 N
Fa5 = 0 N
Fa6 = 61 N

LM Guide Actuator
Static Safety Factor
P0a P0a
fs = = = 48.0
Famax Fa2

Nominal Life
● Average axial load

1 3 3 3
Fam = 3
(Fa1 1,095 + F a2 52.5 + F a6 52.5) = 26.2 N
2 · ℓS
● Nominal life
3
Ca
L10m = α ( Fam)10
6
= 1.4110
13
rev

1
α=
fW
fW : Load factor (1.2)
Convert the above nominal life into the service life in travel distance of the ball screw.
LS = L10m·ℓ 10 6 = 2.82 108 km

Results
The table below shows the results of the examination.

KR5520A LM Guide unit Ball screw unit Bearing unit (fixed side)
Static safety factor 33.9 111.9 48.0
Buckling load (N) — 11,000 —
Permissible tensile
— 35,300 —
compressive load (N)
Critical speed (min-1) — 1,560 —
DN value — 31,125 —
Nominal life (km) 3.25 106 3.05 107 2.82 108
Maximum working
— 1,500 —
rotation speed (min–1)
Note1) From the static safety coefficient and other values above, it is judged that the assumed model can be used.
Note2) Of the nominal lives of the three components, the shortest value (of LM Guide unit) is considered the nominal life of
the assumed model KR 5520A.

B
 515E

Operating Conditions (Vertical Installation)

Assumed model number : KR 5520A
LM Guide unit (C = 38,100 N, C0 = 61,900 N)
Ball screw unit (Ca = 3,620 N, C0a = 9,290 N)
Bearing unit (fixed side) (Ca = 7,600 N, P0a = 3,990 N)
Mass : m = 30 kg
Speed : v = 500 mm/s
Acceleration :  = 2.4 m/s2
Stroke : ℓs = 1,200 mm
Gravitational acceleration : g = 9.807 m/s2
Velocity diagram see Fig. 2

40
m

Thrust center

mm/s
m v

0.21 2.19 0.21 s

52.5 1,095 52.5 mm
2.61 s
193 1,200 mm

Fig. 2: Velocity Diagram

B
 515E

Selection Criteria
Example of Calculating the Nominal Life

Consideration
 Studying the LM Guide Unit
Load Applied to the Inner Block
Assuming that a single inner block is used, convert applied moments MA and MB into applied load
by multiplying them by the moment equivalent factor (KA = KB = 8.63 10 –2).
● During uniform motion:
P1 = KA·mg 193 = 4,900 N
P1T = KB·mg 40 = 1,016 N
● During acceleration:

LM Guide Actuator
P1a = P1 + KA·m 193 = 6,100 N
P1aT =P1T + KB·m 40 = 1,264 N
● During deceleration:
P1d = P1 KA·m 193 = 3,701 N
P1dT = P1d KB·m 40 = 767 N

Combined Radial and Thrust Load

● During uniform motion:
P1E = P1 + P1T = 5,916 N
● During acceleration:
P1aE = P1a + P1aT = 7,364 N
● During deceleration:
P1dE = P1d + P1dT = 4,468 N

Static Safety Factor

C0 C0
fs = = = 8.4
Pmax P1aE

Nominal Life
● Average load

1 3 3 3
Pm = 3
(P1E 1,095 + P 1aE 52.5+P 1dE 52.5) = 5,947 N
ℓS
● Nominal life
3
C
L10m = α ( )
50 = 7.6110
Pm
3
km

1
α=
fW
fW : Load factor (1.2)

B
 515E

 Studying the Ball Screw Unit

Axial Load
● During upward uniform motion:
Fa1 = mg + f = 304 N
f : Sliding resistance per block (10.0 N)
● During upward acceleration:
Fa2 = Fa1 + m = 376 N
● During upward deceleration:
Fa3 = Fa1 m = 232 N
● During downward uniform motion:
Fa4 = mg f = 284 N
● During downward acceleration:
Fa5 = Fa4 m = 212 N
● During downward deceleration:
Fa6 = Fa4 + m = 356 N

Static Safety Factor

C 0a C 0a
fs = = = 24.7
Fmax Fa2

Buckling Load
Same as Horizontal Installation

Permissible Tensile Compressive Load

Same as Horizontal Installation

Critical Speed
Same as Horizontal Installation

DN Value
Same as Horizontal Installation

Nominal Life
● Average axial load

1 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fm = 3
(Fa1 1,095 + F a2 52.5 + F a3 52.5 + F a4 1,095 + F a5 52.5 + F a6 52.5) = 296 N
2 · ℓS

● Nominal life
3
Ca
L10m = α ( Fam ) ℓ = 2.11 10 km
4

1
α=
fW
fW : Load factor (1.2) ℓ : Ball screw lead (20 mm)

B
 515E

Selection Criteria
Example of Calculating the Nominal Life

 Bearing Unit (Fixed Side)

Axial Load (Same as the Ball Screw Unit)
Fa1 = 304 N
Fa2 = 376 N
Fa3 = 232 N
Fa4 = 284 N
Fa5 = 212 N
Fa6 = 356 N

LM Guide Actuator
Static Safety Factor
P0a P0a
fs = = = 10.6
Fmax Fa2

Nominal Life
● Average axial load

1 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fm = 3
(Fa1 1,095 + F a2 52.5 + F a3 52.5 + F a4 1,095 + F a5 52.5 + F a6 52.5) = 296 N
2 · ℓS

● Nominal life
3
Ca
L10m = ( α
Fam ) ℓ = 9.8010
9
rev

1
α=
fW
fW : Load factor (1.2)
Convert the above nominal life into the service life in travel distance of the ball screw.
LS = L10m·ℓ 10 6 = 1.95 105 km

Results
The table below shows the results of the examination.

KR5520A LM Guide unit Ball screw unit Bearing unit (fixed side)
Static safety factor 8.4 24.7 10.6
Buckling load (N) — 11,000 —
Permissible tensile
— 35,300 —
compressive load (N)
Critical speed (min-1) — 1,560 —
DN value — 31,125 —
Nominal life (km) 7.61 10 3
2.11 10 4
1.95 105
Maximum working
— 1,500 —
rotation speed (min-1)
Note1) From the static safety coefficient and other values above, it is judged that the assumed model can be used.
Note2) Of the nominal lives of the three components, the shortest value (of LM Guide unit) is considered the nominal life of
the assumed model KR 5520A.

B
 515E

Options LM Guide Actuator (Options)

Various types of options are available for models SKR and KR. Select an appropriate model accord-
ing to your application.
There are also options not contained in this catalog. Contact THK for details.

Name Overview
QZ Lubricator Significantly extended maintenance interval
Cover
Cover Serves functions such as contamination protection
Bellows
Supported manufacturers: Azbil, Panasonic Industrial
Proximity sensor
Devices SUNX
Sensor
Photo sensor Supported manufacturer: OMRON
Sensor rail For mounting a sensor
Housing A with a separate motor/ If the customer provides a motor bracket and a mo-
wrap-around housing tor wrap-around section
Motor
bracket Supported manufacturers: YASKAWA ELECTRIC,
Intermediate flange Mitsubishi Electric, Panasonic, SANYO DENKI,
OMRON, FANUC, KEYENCE, and ORIENTAL MOTOR

Table 1: Table of Applicable Options

QZ Proximity Housing A for a Wrap-around Intermediate
Model No. Cover Bellows Photo sensor
Lubricator sensor separate motor housing A flange
SKR20 —*1 —
SKR26 —*1 —
SKR33 —
SKR46 —
SKR55 — —
SKR65 — —
KR15 — — —
KR20 — — —
KR26 — — —
KR30H — —
KR33
KR45H — —
KR46
KR55 —
KR65 —
: There are also options not contained in this catalog. Contact THK for details.
*1 SKR20 and SKR26 only use ball cages in the LM Guide component. The ball screw unit is equipped with the
QZ Lubricator as standard.

B
 515E

Options
QZ Lubricator

QZ Lubricator
For detailed dimensions, see A to A and A to A .

The QZ Lubricator for SKR feeds the proper amount of lubricant to the outer rail and ball screw
shaft raceway. This allows an oil film to continuously form between the balls and the raceway, and it
significantly extends the lubrication maintenance intervals.

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

QZ Lubricator

End plate

End seal

Side seal

External View

Cover
For the dimensions of models SKR and KR with covers attached, see A Product Descriptions.

For models SKR and KR, covers are available as an option.

Installation Example

Cover

Model SKR33 (with a Cover)

B
 515E

Bellows
For dimensions of the bellows, see A to A and A to A .

In addition to a cover, bellows are also available as a contamination protection option for models
SKR and KR.

Sensor
For detailed dimensions, see A to A and A to A .

Optional proximity and photo sensors are available for models SKR and KR.

Installation Example

B
 515E

Options
XY Bracket (for Reference)

XY Bracket (for Reference)

Brackets for installing models SKR33/46 and models KR33/46 are available. The brackets use aluminum
to reduce the weights and keep the inertia as low as possible.

LM Guide Actuator (Options)

B
 515E

Model No. LM Guide Actuator

Ball screw
Model No. Inner block type QZ specification Stroke Accuracy grade
lead

SKR33 10 A QZ - 0270 - P

SKR20 01: 1 mm A No symbol: No QZ 0020: 20 mm No symbol: Normal grade

SKR26 02: 2 mm B QZ 0025: 25 mm H: High Accuracy grade
SKR33 06: 6 mm C QZA to P: Precision grade
SKR46 10: 10 mm D QZB 1490: 1,490 mm
SKR55 20: 20 mm QZAD
SKR65 25: 25 mm
30: 30 mm
QZ specification can be selected If QZ, QZA, QZB, or QZAD is
KR15 40: 40 mm
on the following models. selected for QZ specification ,
KR20 50: 50 mm
SKR33 ( A ) specify a stroke incorporating QZ.
KR26
SKR46 ( A ) ( A A )
KR30H
KR33 ( A ) If "2: With bellows" has been
KR33
KR46 ( A ) selected for Cover , specify a
KR45H
KR55 ( A ) stroke incorporating the bellows.
KR46
KR65 ( A ) ( A A )
KR55
*It cannot be selected for SKR20,
KR65
SKR26, SKR55, SKR65, KR15,
KR20, KR26, KR30H, and KR45H.

The available ball screw leads differ depending on the model.

SKR20: "01," "06"
SKR26: "02," "06"
SKR33: "06," "10," "20" (20 mm available for inner block A and B only)
SKR46: "10," "20"
SKR55: "20," "30," "40"
SKR65: "20," "25," "30," "50"
KR15: "01," "02"
KR20: "01," "06"
KR26: "02," "06"
KR30H: "06," "10"
KR33: "06," "10"
KR45H: "10," "20"
KR46: "10," "20"
KR55: "20"
KR65: "25"

B
 515E

Model No.

Housing A/
With/without a motor Cover Sensor
intermediate flange

0 - 1 B AQ

LM Guide Actuator
With direct coupling 0: Without cover 0: None With direct coupling With motor wrap
0: Direct coupling (without motor) 1: With cover 1 A0 WN-05D
1: Direct coupling 2: With bellows 2 AN WP-08D
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) 6 AP WP-08K
With motor wrap 7 AQ WP-08M
R1: Non-standard side wrap (without motor) B AR WQ-08D
R2: Standard side wrap (without motor) E AS WQ-08K
R3: Bottom side wrap (without motor) H AT WQ-08M
R4: Non-standard side wrap L AU WV-14M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) J AV WY-11M
R5: Standard side wrap M AY WY-14M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) AZ WZ-16M
R6: Bottom side wrap A5 WZ-19M
(THK will purchase and mount the motor you specify) If QZ specification "QZ," A6 W5-19M
"QZA," "QZB," or "QZAD" is 10
selected, "2: With bellows" 20
cannot be selected. 30
40
60
If "0" is selected:
No coupling will be attached. Please specify if a coupling is required when
ordering.
10, 30, and 40 are only
If "R1," "R2," or "R3" is selected: available for the KR.
A timing pulley and timing belt will be included.

If "1," "R4," "R5," or "R6" is selected:

The designated motor will be mounted. Please specify the motor cable
direction separately.
Please select an option for Housing A/intermediate flange that
matches the specified motor.
This product is compatible with motors from various manufacturers. Contact THK for details.

Motor wrap direction

With motor wrap
Symbol "R2" or "R5" Symbol "R1" or "R4"
Standard side (left wrap) Non-standard side wrap

B
Symbol "R3" or "R6"
Bottom side wrap
Motor wrap direction (from side B)

B
 515E

Handling Precautions LM Guide Actuator

Handling
(1) Do not disassemble the parts. This will result in loss of functionality.
(2) Take care not to drop or strike this product. Otherwise, it may cause injury or damage the unit.
Even if there is no outward indication of damage, a sudden impact could prevent the unit from
functioning properly.
(3) Wear appropriate safety gear, such as protective gloves and safety shoes, when handling the
product.

Use
(1) Prevent foreign materials, such as cutting chips or coolant, from entering the product. Failure to
do so could damage the product.
(2) If the product is used in an environment where cutting chips, coolant, corrosive solvents, water,
etc. may enter the product, use bellows, covers, etc. to prevent them from entering the product.
(3) If foreign material such as cutting chips adhere to the product, replenish the lubricant after clean-
ing the product.
(4) The operating temperature range for this product is between 0°C to 40°C (no freezing or con-
densation). Contact THK if you are considering using this product outside of the operating tem-
perature range.
(5) Using this product in excess of the critical speed may damage the components or cause an
accident. Be sure to use the product within the specifi cation range designated by THK.
(6) Very small strokes can inhibit the formation of an oil film between the raceways and the area of
contact for the rolling elements, resulting in fretting. Therefore, be sure to use a type of grease
with high fretting resistance properties if the stroke will be small. We recommend periodically
allowing the nut to stroke a distance roughly equal to its length to help ensure that a film forms
between the raceways and rolling elements.
(7) Do not forcibly drive a pin, key, or other positioning device into the product. This could create in-
dentations on the raceway and impair the product’s function.
(8) Do not touch any moving parts while the product is in operation or in an operable state. In addi-
tion, do not enter the operating range of the actuator.
(9) If performing a task involving multiple people, confirm how to perform the work, what signals will
be used, and how to handle problems before beginning, and assign another person to monitor
the work.
(10) If the mounting material lacks sufficient rigidity or accuracy, the bearing load may be focused in
one area, and bearing functionality will dramatically decrease. Therefore, carefully consider the
rigidity and accuracy of the housing and base, and the strength of the securing bolts.
(11) In applications where this product will be moved or transferred, the operating conditions may
cause inertia from the motor’s mass to result in damage to the motor attachment (Housing A) or
other parts. Please contact THK before use.

B
 515E

Handling Precautions

Lubrication
(1) Thoroughly wipe off the anti-rust oil before using the product.
(2) The SKR and KR must be lubricated in order for them to perform optimally. Insufficient lubrica-
tion may increase wear on the rolling elements and lead to premature damage. The standard
grease used for this product is shown below.
Model KR15 THK AFF Grease
Models SKR20, SKR26, KR20, KR26 THK AFA Grease
Models SKR33, SKR46, SKR55, SKR65,

LM Guide Actuator
THK AFB-LF Grease
KR30H, KR33, KR45H, KR46, KR55, KR65

(3) Do not mix different lubricants. Even greases containing the same type of thickening agent may,
if mixed, interact negatively due to disparate additives or other ingredients.
(4) When using the product in locations exposed to constant vibrations or in special environments
such as clean rooms, vacuums, and extreme heat or cold, use a lubricant suitable for its use/
environment.
(5) Contact THK if oil lubricant will be used.
(6) The greasing interval will vary depending on the operating conditions, so we recommend deter-
mining the interval based on the initial inspection. How often lubricant should be replenished var-
ies depending on the operating conditions and environment. We recommend lubricating the sys-
tem approximately every 100 km traveled (3 to 6 months). The final lubrication interval/amount
should be set at the actual machine.
(7) The consistency of grease changes according to the temperature. Please keep in mind that the
product’s sliding resistance may be affected by changes in viscosity.
(8) After lubrication, the slide resistance of the models SKR/KR may increase due to the agitation
resistance of grease. Be sure to perform a warming-up operation and allow the grease to break
in sufficiently before operating the machinery.
(9) Excess grease may spatter immediately after lubrication, so wipe off spattered grease as neces-
sary.
(10) Grease deteriorates over time, which decreases the lubricity, so perform regular grease inspec-
tions and replenish grease based on frequency of use.

Storage
When storing the product, pack it as designated by THK and store it indoors in a horizontal position
away from high or low temperatures and high humidity.
Please note that if the product has been kept in storage for an extended period, the lubricant inside
may have deteriorated. Please ensure that you replenish the lubricant before use.

Disposal
The product should be treated as industrial waste and disposed of appropriately.

Instruction Manual
You can download the “LM Guide Actuator Models SKR/KR -- Instruction Manual” from the THK
technical support website.
Technical support website: [Link]

B
 515E